BLS Daily Report

2001-03-05 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, FRIDAY, MARCH 2, 2001

RELEASED TODAY:  In January 2001, there were 1,522 mass layoff actions by
employers as measured by new filings for unemployment insurance benefits
during the month.  Each action involved at least 50 persons from a single
establishment and the number of workers involved totaled 200,343.  The
number of layoff events was the lowest for January since the series began in
April 1995, while the number of initial claims for unemployment insurance
was the lowest since January 1996.  These lower levels were due, in part, to
a calendar effect, since January in both 1996 and 2001 contained 4 weeks
that ended in the month compared with 5 weeks in each of the other four
Januarys. ...

Despite the economic slowdown, labor markets in most regions and states
showed little weakness in January, as unemployment rates were stable in most
areas, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics.  Jobless rates in all
regions, except parts of the Midwest, were slightly lower in January than
they were a year ago, or they were virtually unchanged. ...  (Daily Labor
Report, page D-9).

New claims filed with state agencies for unemployment insurance benefits
rose by 39,000 to a seasonally adjusted 372,000 in the week ended Feb. 24,
the Employment and Training Administration announces.  "While the job market
has deteriorated over the last year, the weekly data still does not portray
an economy in a recession," says a senior economist at Merrill Lynch.  "We
expect next week's payroll employment report to show a gain of just 65,000
for February." ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-7).

From Statement of Secretary of Labor Elaine L. Chao regarding the budget,
Feb. 28, 2001:  "We are also planning for increased funding to modernize and
expand the vital data collection done by the Bureau of Labor Statistics,
which is our early warning system in times of economic uncertainty. ...  "

Although the manufacturing sector continued to show declines in employment
and new orders, it may be close to the bottom of its decline, according to
figures from the National Association for Purchasing Management.  Slower
rates of decline are observed in six of the nine measures of manufacturing
activity tracked by the organization. So far, the economic slowdown has been
concentrated in manufacturing, with many service industries continuing to
expand. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-8).

American consumers continued to flock to car dealerships in February,
despite the economic slowdown, producing another unexpectedly strong month
for auto sales.  Sales fell 6 percent last month from February 2000, but the
year earlier month had been one of the best in the industry's history
because of lavish incentives. ...  (New York Times, page C1; Wall Street
Journal, page A3).

Personal income rose 0.6 percent and personal spending 0.7 percent in
January, according to the Bureau of Economic Analysis, both seemingly strong
numbers.  But economists noted that energy-related inflation reduced real
spending to just 0.2 percent and left real after-tax incomes flat.  they
also said that the personal savings rate fell to minus 1.0 percent -- a
record low.  Economists say the numbers show that consumers continued to
spend in January, but analysts are divided over whether spending will remain
strong enough to buoy a weakening economy. ...  (USA Today, page 1B).

The manufacturing sector of the economy remained weak last month, but the
worst of its decline may be over, according to the National Association of
Purchasing Management.  Meanwhile, other reports show increases in personal
income, spending, and construction in January, causing some analysts to
suggest the U.S. economy will continue to grow in the last 3 months of the
year.  Personal income rose a strong 0.6 percent in January, with the key
wages-and-salaries portion up even more, 0.7 percent, the Commerce
Department reports.  The big increase in pay was the result of both a solid
increase in the number of workers on payrolls and the number of hours
worked.  Both those factors were influenced to some extent by a swing from
unusually bitter winter weather in December to more normal weather in
January.  Personal consumption expenditures, which include spending on goods
and services of all types, also increased 0.7 percent.  But, after
adjustment for inflation, particularly for energy services such as natural
gas, the real increase was just 0.2 percent.  That real gain matched that of
December and was above the 0.1 percent increase in both October and
November.  Separately, U.S. automakers reported that sales fell 1l percent
in February, which was less than forecast. Strength in housing and other
construction should help the economy stay out of recession, some analysts
say. ...  (Washington Post, page E6; Wall Street Journal, page A2)_A
gauge of manufacturing rose last month for the first time in a year, and
consumer spending in January was the strongest i

BLS Daily Report

2001-03-05 Thread Richardson_D

 BLS DAILY REPORT, MONDAY, MARCH 5, 2001:
 
 The University of Michigan's measure of consumer confidence fell again
 last month but not by as much as expected, and the director of the survey
 said the free fall in confidence is over. "Consumers judged prospects for
 their own incomes as well as inflation more positively in February" than
 they did in January, said the director, "and they anticipated that the
 overall economy would show improvement later in the year."  However, he
 cautioned that further small declines are likely in coming months, and
 that consumer spending isn't apt to rise substanially soon (The Washington
 Post, March 3, page E1).
 
 The University of Michigan's consumer sentiment index has now registered
 its sharpest 3-month fall since October 1990, in the midst of the last
 economic contraction (Reuters in The New York Times, March 3, page B4).
 
 Government statistics show layoffs in the Midwest are running twice as
 fast as in the nation as a whole; the region is strongly tied to
 manufacturing, which has been hit harder than most other sectors during
 the current economic slowdown.  And a slowing economy is just the
 beginning of the Midwest's potential headaches.  A strong dollar is
 crimping exports of durable goods, a large percentage of which are made in
 the region.  Rising prices of natural gas and fossil fuels, consumed in
 larger numbers here than in the U.S. as a whole, are taking a toll on
 corporate and household budgets.  And corporate bankruptcies, some
 economists say, are beginning to pick up.  Yet practically no one in the
 Midwest sees a repeat of the events that triggered in previous decades the
 Rust Belt images of abandoned mill towns, waves of bankrupt smokestack
 businesses and rapidly rising joblessness. An economist at broker-dealer
 Griffin, Kubik, Stephens says "The manufacturing sector is much more
 productive, and factories are more resilient, more robust and more
 profitable.  The pain will be much less" ("The Outlook" column by Joseph
 T. Hallinan in The Wall Street Journal, page 1).
 
 The Wall Street Journal's "Tracking the Economy" feature (page A10)
 indicates that productivity figures in the fourth quarter, due from BLS
 tomorrow, will likely be 2.0 percent if they meet the prediction of
 Thomson Global Forecast.  The previous actual quarterly figure is 2.4
 percent. Unit labor costs, out the same day, will likely be 4.5 percent,
 compared to 4.1 percent the previous quarter.  The unemployment rate for
 February, to be released Friday, is predicted to be the same as that in
 January, 4.2 percent.
 
 The average household in six metropolitan areas -- from Houston to
 Pittsburgh -- now spends more on transportation than it does on housing.
 According to research by the Surface Transportation Policy Project,
 Houston households spent the most on transportation in 1999, an average of
 $9,237, while shelter costs were only $7,167.  One factor that drives
 transportation costs is the attempt to gain more affordable housing by
 moving farther out of city centers, researchers say.  In Phoenix shelter
 cost $7,725 and transportation  $7,851; in Kansas City shelter cost $6,538
 and transportation $7,558; in Dallas/Fort Worth shelter was $7,358 and
 transportation $7,524; in St. Louis shelter cost $6,435 and transportation
 costs $6,790, and in Pittsburgh shelter was $4,945 and transportation
 $5,623.  The study used the Bureau of Labor Statistics' annual survey of
 28 metropolitan areas.  Transportation costs include vehicle, gas,
 maintenance, insurance and public transit, but not air or ship travel.
 Shelter costs include mortgages, rent, maintenance, taxes, and insurance
 (USA Today, page 4A).
 
 Many employers are not cutting back on their use of temporary hires,
 despite the recent economic slowdown.  There were about 3.7 million
 employees in temporary service jobs in January, according to preliminary
 numbers from the Department of Labor.  That's down only slightly from 3.9
 million in September, and still above the 3.4 million workers employed by
 providers of employment services in January 1999.  The average daily
 employment of temps in 2000 topped 3 million, according to a report to be
 released today by the American Staffing Association (ASA) in Alexandria,
 Va.  That's a 4 percent increase over 1999. "Members continue to have more
 demand than supply," says an ASA executive.  "Some companies are keeping
 supplemental workers on just until they figure out what's going to occur
 with the economy."  Behind the continued use of temps:  Companies remain
 hungry for workers because the unemployment rate is at a tight 4.2
 percent; others are trying to control costs by relying on contract workers
 for project-specific worth rather than adding full-time employees.  Some
 employers are continuing to hold onto their temporary workers because they
 remain hopeful the economy will per

Re: Re: Re: Re: Re: BLS Daily Report

2001-03-02 Thread Margaret Coleman

Nurses are distinctly underpaid in relation to their responsibilities -- in the
hospital, they are the ones who keep you alive.  maggie

Jim Devine wrote:

 I have no complaints about PAs. When I was on the HMO, the doc's office
 assigned me to the PA (since they treated me as a second-class citizen).
 Then I went on the Preferred Provider plan and got the doc himself. He's
 fine, but too much into prescribing pills as a solution to all ills. I'm
 back on the HMO now (I've got to cut costs!) so I'm a second-class citizen
 again (I get sent out to get my blood checked for cholesterol rather than
 having it done in-house), but I wouldn't mind seeing the PA again.

 Many nurses complain about the high pay that PAs get, though.

 At 08:17 PM 02/27/2001 -0600, you wrote:
 Yeah, but Physicians Assistants make more, on average, than nurses and can go
 into practice for themselves.  Also, at least for women, PAs often provide
 better care than MDs -- for ex., PAs are midwives and provide routine
 gynecological care.  I went to a PA for years instead of a gyno, and she
 pulled me through a couple of problems the gynos couldn't identify.  Also, PAs
 are frequently trained in abortion and can provide services in a doctors
 office in many places where there are absolutely no other service providers
 available. maggie coleman
 
 Jim Devine wrote:
 
   Some nursing jobs have been taken over by Physicians' Assistants, who are
   basically low-paid MDs.
  
   At 12:17 PM 2/26/01 -0800, you wrote:
   Part time nurses under temporary contracts are doing quite well, although
   hospitals are downgrading many traditional nursing jobs to have
   non-professionals take over.
   --
   
   Michael Perelman
   Economics Department
   California State University
   [EMAIL PROTECTED]
   Chico, CA 95929
   530-898-5321
   fax 530-898-5901
  
   Jim Devine [EMAIL PROTECTED]   http://bellarmine.lmu.edu/~jdevine

 Jim Devine [EMAIL PROTECTED]  http://bellarmine.lmu.edu/~JDevine





BLS Daily Report

2001-03-01 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 2001

Consumer confidence in the economy deteriorated for the fifth consecutive
month in February, plunging 9 percentage points to an index level of 106.8,
the New York based Conference Board reports.  The business research
organization says February's consumer confidence numbers are at their
weakest point since June 1996, when confidence fell to 100.1.  The consumer
confidence survey based on a representative sample of 5,000 U.S. households,
found consumers not only view current business conditions as weak, but many
expect business conditions and the employment outlook to worsen over the
next 6 months (Daily Labor Report, pg. A-2).

Consumer confidence fell this month to a level usually seen only during
recessions, as American households' expectations about their economic future
plunged, according to a report released yesterday.  Two other reports on
last month's new orders for durable goods -- such as cars, appliances,
computers and machinery -- and sales of new homes, showed much less weakness
and were not nearly as disturbing to analysts as what has been happening to
consumer attitudes (The Washington Post, page E1).

There is now a record divergence in the Consumer Confidence index's two
components: The index of consumers' expectations for 6 months stood 40
percent lower than its September level; at the same time, consumers'
assessment of their current situation is off only 10 percent since
September.  The director of the New York Conference Board's research center
said the gap between the two components is the widest since 1967, when the
data were first collected.  He attributed the gap to soaring confidence in
recent years combined, it appears, with recent layoff announcements (The
Wall Street Journal, page A2).

As the Federal Reserve chairman Alan Greenspan prepared to testify before
Congress today about the nation's economy, three reports offered new, if
murky, evidence yesterday of economic weakness.  Consumer confidence, which
Greenspan has called a key measure for the coming months, fell in February
for the fifth consecutive month, according to the Conference Board.
Americans sharply slowed the pace at which they bought new homes in January,
the Census Bureau said.  And spending by consumers and businesses on large,
long-lasting items fell last month, although the decline was largely limited
to the purchase of cars and airplanes, the Commerce Department says.
Investors took the new statistics as evidence that the Federal Reserve was
likely to cut its benchmark interest rate for overnight bank loans either at
its March 20 meeting or even before (The New York Times, page C1; The Wall
Street Journal's page 1 graph is of durable goods orders, 1998 to the
present).

Manufacturing layoffs led to an 11 percent increase in U.S. unemployment
insurance claims for the first 5 weeks of 2001 compared with last year --
the biggest jump for that period in a decade.  Great Lakes states were hit
hardest, with the worst showings in Indiana, up 61 percent, and Michigan, up
58 percent.  Construction cutbacks caused by overbuilding in the Atlanta
area contributed to the 52 percent surge in Georgia, while other South
Atlantic states were hit with layoffs by textile/apparel and other
nondurable goods producers. The Rocky Mountain region outperformed the
nation, Utah and Colorado recorded the ninth and 10th highest increases in
claims, respectively, partly because of layoffs in mining operations and
smaller telecommunications firms (The Wall Street Journal, page B8).

Both the amount of commercial natural-gas consumption and the price of that
natural gas are increasing, according to a graph in USA Today (page 17A),
whose data is attributed to the Energy Information Agency.  Total commercial
spending on natural gas in 1999 was $16.3 billion, $21.3 billion in 2000,
and an estimated $27.7 billion in 2001.   

DUE OUT TOMORROW: Regional and State Employment and Unemployment, January
2001.


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2001-03-01 Thread Richardson_D

 BLS DAILY REPORT, THURSDAY, MARCH 1, 2001:
 
 RELEASED TODAY:  "Regional and State Employment and Unemployment:  January
 2001" indicates that regional and state unemployment rates generally were
 stable in January.  Three of the four regions posted little change over
 the month, and 43 states and the District of Columbia recorded shifts of
 0.3 percentage point or less.  The national jobless rate rose from 4.0
 percent in December to 4.2 percent in January.  Nonfarm employment
 increased in 28 states and the District of Columbia in January.
 
 Federal Reserve Chairman Alan Greenspan February 28 told the House
 Financial Services Committee that policymakers are paying close attention
 to how consumers might translate their increasingly gloomy mood into lower
 spending as the economy continues its "retrenchment" that has weakened
 overall growth significantly since the middle of last year. Consumer and
 business demand could decline further in coming months, he acknowledged.
 "But all in all, the demand for houses and consumer durables has not
 matched the weakened level of confidence," he said (Daily Labor Report,
 page D-1; A-9).
 
 Two weeks after suggesting that the economic downturn was likely to be
 relatively brief, Alan Greenspan, the Federal Reserve Chairman, gave
 Congress a somewhat more pessimistic assessment, saying the slowdown "has
 yet to run its full course". He left little doubt that further interest
 rate reductions were coming to follow up on the two half-point cuts made
 by the Fed in January (Richard W. Stevenson in The New York Times, page
 C1).
 
 A sharper than previously estimated decline in the accumulation of
 inventories pulled fourth quarter real gross domestic product growth down
 to a revised 1.1 percent, its slowest pace since the second quarter of
 1995 when it grew only 0.8 percent, according to a Department of Commerce
 report (Daily Labor Report, page D-3; Reuters in The New York Times, page
 C9).
 
 The tight labor market of the past 7 years made it easier for workers to
 find new jobs when they were hit by a permanent layoff, says Business Week
 in its "Economic Trends" feature (March 5, page 30).  Nevertheless, those
 who found new jobs still saw their weekly income fall when compared with
 the wages of those workers who kept their old jobs.  These are the
 conclusions of a new paper by economist Henry S. Farber of Princeton
 University.  Farber used the Labor Department's Displaced Workers Survey,
 which is conducted every 2 years.  The date of the most recent survey is
 February 2000.
 
 About 27 percent of all graduates students in science and engineering are
 foreigners, and the percentage is rising, says David Wessel in The Wall
 Street Journal's "Capital" feature (page 1). The number of Americans
 enrolling is falling, and the number of foreigners is climbing.  A strong
 job market that hires young Americans away from graduate student stipends
 is partly responsible.  The danger is that in the years ahead, fewer
 foreigners, Asians in particular, will choose to stay in the U.S. after
 finishing graduate school. "Economies are doing well elsewhere, says a
 CUNY dean.  "When I came, a lot more students stayed.  These days there
 are a substantial number of students who go back -- to wherever they came
 from or to some third country."  Training foreign scientists may be
 America's most effective foreign aid program, but scientists and engineers
 are crucial to future domestic prosperity in this country, and for
 American colleges to count on a continued flow of foreigners because the
 profession can't attract Americans is a risky strategy.
 
 The labor shortage may be driving entrepreneurs crazy, but it hasn't
 driven up wages for their workers, says Business Week, March 5, page F6).
 About 40 percent of small-company employees got a goose egg for a raise
 last year.  On the other hand, small companies were twice as likely as
 bigger ones to pass out huge hikes to a select few, says Fortune Personnel
 Consultants. Big companies often have to boost pay because of long-term
 employment contracts, says the consulting firm.  Small companies have more
 flexibility in deciding whether to play Santa or Scrooge.
 

 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2001-02-27 Thread Richardson_D

 BLS DAILY REPORT, TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 27, 2001:
 
 Average hourly earnings for private-industry nonfarm workers in January
 rose 3.9 percent to a seasonally adjusted $14.02 from the year-earlier
 period, the Bureau of Labor Statistics says.  But in 1982 dollars,
 adjusting for inflation, wages rose by a penny to $7.89 (The Wall Street
 Journal's "Work Week" feature, page A1).
 
 Home resales slowed to their slowest pace in a year last month, prompting
 some economists to worry that one of the strongest sectors of the economy
 may also be starting to deteriorate.  The National Association of Realtors
 reported yesterday that sales of previously owned houses, which account
 for 80 percent of the total overall housing market, dropped 6.6 percent in
 January -- their second big drop in 2 months -- to an annual rate of 4.65
 million units.  That was still higher than the 4.54 million rate in
 January 2000.  Economists cited plunging consumer confidence, stock market
 volatility, slower job growth and higher energy prices as reasons for the
 decline, as well as a shortage of houses for sale. The January number
 covers many houses sold in December, the Realtors said.  U.S. economic
 growth slowed sharply that month, prompting fears of recession.  January
 figures were mixed -- including a 5.3 percent rise in housing starts --
 which left economists divided about economic prospects (The Washington
 Post, page E6).
 
 The National Association of Business Economists slashes its growth
 forecast for this year to 2 percent from 3.4 percent, but believe tha a
 recession can be avoided.  A panel of 34 forecasters polled the first 2
 weeks in February expects the economy to strengthen next year to 3.5
 percent, which would be moderate when compared with growth of 5 percent in
 2000 and above 4 percent the previous 2 years (Daily Labor Report, page
 A-5).
 
 As the economy slows, job offers are getting rescinded, says The Wall
 Street Journal (page B1).  Recruiters and employment attorneys say job
 offer withdrawals appear regularly during economic slowdowns, when
 beleaguered companies become trigger-happy and quickly cut staffers.
 Start-ups often keep recruiters in the dark about low funding and other
 signs of management trouble.  Employers aren't generally required to
 provide severance or outplacement for people whose job offers are
 withdrawn.  But such workers have sometimes sued to recover their
 relocation expenses.
 
 Applications to many colleges and universities are climbing in the wake of
 an economic slowdown and increase in layoffs, says USA Today (page B1).
 The surge has some educators scrambling to raise admission standards and
 hire professors out of retirement.  Schools are receiving 10 to 40 percent
 more applications than at this time last year.  Much of the rise is being
 attributed to workers seeking to upgrade their skills as the economy
 slows, a return to the classroom by laid-off employees and efforts by
 schools to upgrade programs to attract students. "The job market is still
 really good, but we're beginning to see layoffs and people pay attention,"
 says the vice president for research and information services at the
 Council of Graduate Schools in Washington, D.C.  "One thing they do is go
 to graduate school."
 
 The fastest growing industries in order of growth, according to a survey
 of 947 executives and 312 executive search firms by ExecuNet.com, Norwalk,
 Conn., are high-tech, communications, Internet, medical/pharmaceuticals,
 and business services.  The fastest growing executive functions, again in
 order of growth, are sales, management information systems/information
 technology, marketing, business development, and general management (The
 Wall Street Journal, page B14).
 
 An article on what people earn, a regular once-a-year feature in "Parade"
 magazine, appeared in the February 25 issue, with many facts attributed to
 BLS.  Says the article, "demand for college professors is expected to jump
 23 percent from 1998 to 2008 -- nearly twice the projected growth for the
 overall labor force."  A graph shows annual median hourly wages for 1990,
 1995, and 2000 ($10.01; $11.43; and $13.74) with the comment that although
 wages have risen in the last 10 years, salaries actually have remained
 relatively flat when inflation is accounted for. A table showing weekly
 wages by occupation, and another showing which jobs are growing fastest,
 include data attributed to BLS. 
 

 application/ms-tnef


Re: Re: BLS Daily Report

2001-02-27 Thread Margaret Coleman

Also, full time nurses work short staffed and forced over time on a routine
basis.  My mother was just is for cancer surgery and the night nurses worked
12 hour shifts all the time.  maggie coleman

Michael Perelman wrote:

 Part time nurses under temporary contracts are doing quite well, although
 hospitals are downgrading many traditional nursing jobs to have
 non-professionals take over.
 --

 Michael Perelman
 Economics Department
 California State University
 [EMAIL PROTECTED]
 Chico, CA 95929
 530-898-5321
 fax 530-898-5901





Re: Re: Re: BLS Daily Report

2001-02-27 Thread Margaret Coleman

Yeah, but Physicians Assistants make more, on average, than nurses and can go
into practice for themselves.  Also, at least for women, PAs often provide
better care than MDs -- for ex., PAs are midwives and provide routine
gynecological care.  I went to a PA for years instead of a gyno, and she
pulled me through a couple of problems the gynos couldn't identify.  Also, PAs
are frequently trained in abortion and can provide services in a doctors
office in many places where there are absolutely no other service providers
available. maggie coleman

Jim Devine wrote:

 Some nursing jobs have been taken over by Physicians' Assistants, who are
 basically low-paid MDs.

 At 12:17 PM 2/26/01 -0800, you wrote:
 Part time nurses under temporary contracts are doing quite well, although
 hospitals are downgrading many traditional nursing jobs to have
 non-professionals take over.
 --
 
 Michael Perelman
 Economics Department
 California State University
 [EMAIL PROTECTED]
 Chico, CA 95929
 530-898-5321
 fax 530-898-5901

 Jim Devine [EMAIL PROTECTED]   http://bellarmine.lmu.edu/~jdevine





Re: Re: Re: Re: BLS Daily Report

2001-02-27 Thread Jim Devine

I have no complaints about PAs. When I was on the HMO, the doc's office 
assigned me to the PA (since they treated me as a second-class citizen). 
Then I went on the Preferred Provider plan and got the doc himself. He's 
fine, but too much into prescribing pills as a solution to all ills. I'm 
back on the HMO now (I've got to cut costs!) so I'm a second-class citizen 
again (I get sent out to get my blood checked for cholesterol rather than 
having it done in-house), but I wouldn't mind seeing the PA again.

Many nurses complain about the high pay that PAs get, though.

At 08:17 PM 02/27/2001 -0600, you wrote:
Yeah, but Physicians Assistants make more, on average, than nurses and can go
into practice for themselves.  Also, at least for women, PAs often provide
better care than MDs -- for ex., PAs are midwives and provide routine
gynecological care.  I went to a PA for years instead of a gyno, and she
pulled me through a couple of problems the gynos couldn't identify.  Also, PAs
are frequently trained in abortion and can provide services in a doctors
office in many places where there are absolutely no other service providers
available. maggie coleman

Jim Devine wrote:

  Some nursing jobs have been taken over by Physicians' Assistants, who are
  basically low-paid MDs.
 
  At 12:17 PM 2/26/01 -0800, you wrote:
  Part time nurses under temporary contracts are doing quite well, although
  hospitals are downgrading many traditional nursing jobs to have
  non-professionals take over.
  --
  
  Michael Perelman
  Economics Department
  California State University
  [EMAIL PROTECTED]
  Chico, CA 95929
  530-898-5321
  fax 530-898-5901
 
  Jim Devine [EMAIL PROTECTED]   http://bellarmine.lmu.edu/~jdevine

Jim Devine [EMAIL PROTECTED]  http://bellarmine.lmu.edu/~JDevine




BLS Daily Report

2001-02-26 Thread Richardson_D

A grain of salt WRT the last item: hospitals have been deliberately reducing
their nursing staffs for years.  The reason people are in the hospital in
the first place is that they need nursing care.  With this reduction in
nursing staffs, the future is that the patients will have to hire their own
nurses, if they can afford to.

Dave

-

 BLS DAILY REPORT, MONDAY, FEBRUARY 26, 2001:
 
 Over the course of 2000, nearly all regions posted declines in their
 unemployment rates as job growth remained relatively strong until late in
 the year, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics.  The Northeast
 experienced the largest drop in its unemployment rate -- as it fell by 0.5
 percentage point to an annual average of 3.9 percent in 2000.  Nationally,
 the civilian unemployment rate averaged 4.0 percent last year, down by 0.2
 percentage point from the 1999 average (Daily Labor Report, page D-1). 
 
 In another sign that labor market tightness is likely to ease further,
 Manpower, Inc. reports that its latest survey shows a drop in hiring plans
 as employers look toward the second quarter.  The Milwaukee-based
 temporary help company found that 28 percent of the nearly 16,000
 companies polled said they plan to hire additional workers in the
 April-to-June quarter. That is down from 32 percent shown for the same
 quarter of last year.  At the same time, the percentage of firms expecting
 to cut their payrolls rose slightly -- from 6 percent a year ago to 8
 percent projecting reductions for the second quarter of 2001 (Daily Labor
 Report, page A-2).
 
 Reversing a decades long trend, Americans are now retiring later in life,
 says The New York Times (page A1).  Government data show that the
 percentage of people over 65 who still work has been rising since the
 mid-1990's.  Last year, at 12.8 percent, it was higher than at any time
 since 1979.  Economists and specialists on aging cite forces that include
 changes in the Social Security system, a ban on most forced retirements
 and the economy's shift away from back-breaking jobs like those in mining
 and heavy manufacturing.  There have also been advances in medicine, so
 that even as more elder-friendly jobs in the service sector appear, more
 people are healthy enough to fill them.  But to many workers approaching
 the end of their careers, the most important factor has been the erosion
 of pensions, health insurance, and other retirement benefits they had
 expected.  
 
 With layoffs on the rise again, many employees are facing an uncomfortable
 new choice as they walk out the door:  agree never to sue their employer
 or walk away with less money, says Jonathan D. Glater in The New York
 Times (February 24, page A1).  The agreements are perfectly legal.  Their
 use has increased as the threat of employment-related lawsuits has risen,
 lawyers for corporations say.  The number of Federal employment lawsuits
 has more than doubled over the last 10 years, from 8,413 in 1990 -- 3.9
 percent of all Federal civil filings -- to 21,032 last year, or 8.1
 percent of the total, according to the Administrative Office of the United
 States Courts in Washington.
 
 The Wall Street Journal feature "Tracking the Economy" (page A6) shows
 that personal income in January, to be released Thursday, will increase
 0.5 percent, according to Thomson Global Forecast.  The December personal
 income figure was up 0.4 percent.
 
 Medical costs could be heading a lot higher.  A key factor holding down
 medical-cost inflation in the 1990s was relatively low wage increases for
 health-care workers.  For example, from 1993 to 1998, wages of private
 hospital workers rose only 2.3 percent annually, less than the 2.4 percent
 rate of inflation.   But shortages of health care workers have become more
 common in the past 2 years, and medical wages have been accelerating.  In
 particular, private-sector hospital wages are growing faster than overall
 wages.  That's one big reason why health care consultants expect medical
 costs to jump 12 percent this year, the biggest gain in 10 years.
 Registered nurses, for example, are in short supply. According to a study
 released on January 3 by health-care consultants William M. Mercer, 32
 percent of the nearly 200 health care providers surveyed said turnover of
 registered nurses was a "significant" problem (Business Week, February 26,
 page 24).
 

 application/ms-tnef


Re: BLS Daily Report

2001-02-26 Thread Michael Perelman

Part time nurses under temporary contracts are doing quite well, although
hospitals are downgrading many traditional nursing jobs to have
non-professionals take over.
--

Michael Perelman
Economics Department
California State University
[EMAIL PROTECTED]
Chico, CA 95929
530-898-5321
fax 530-898-5901




Re: Re: BLS Daily Report

2001-02-26 Thread Jim Devine

Some nursing jobs have been taken over by Physicians' Assistants, who are 
basically low-paid MDs.

At 12:17 PM 2/26/01 -0800, you wrote:
Part time nurses under temporary contracts are doing quite well, although
hospitals are downgrading many traditional nursing jobs to have
non-professionals take over.
--

Michael Perelman
Economics Department
California State University
[EMAIL PROTECTED]
Chico, CA 95929
530-898-5321
fax 530-898-5901

Jim Devine [EMAIL PROTECTED]   http://bellarmine.lmu.edu/~jdevine




BLS Daily Report

2001-02-23 Thread Richardson_D

 BLS DAILY REPORT, FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 23, 2001:
 
 RELEASED TODAY:  "State and Regional Unemployment, 2000 Annual Averages",
 indicates that unemployment rates decreased in 33 states and the District
 of Columbia from 1999 to 2000.  Three of the four regions and seven of the
 nine geographic divisions recorded rate declines in annual average
 unemployment.  The U.S. jobless rate decreased from 4.2 percent to 4.0
 percent over the year.  Additionally, employment to population ratios
 increased in a majority of states, with the national ratio increasing to a
 record high of 64.5 percent.
 
 During the fourth quarter of last year, both the number of mass layoff
 events and the number of persons involved rose sharply compared with a
 year earlier, according to figures released by the Labor Department's
 Bureau of Labor Statistics.  Despite the upturn at year's end, BLS
 reported that for all of 2000 the number of extended mass layoffs and the
 workers affected were lower than in any year since 1995.  Layoffs did not
 begin to mount until toward the end of last year, as the economic slowdown
 prompted many employers to trim their workforces (Daily Labor Report, page
 D-4).
 
 The index of leading economic indicators rose 0.8 percent in January as
 the average manufacturing workweek grew longer and the amount of money
 available to businesses and consumers increased, the Conference Board
 reports.  The increase in January reverses the 0.5 percent decline
 experienced in December, as six of the seven indicators that had been down
 in December turned positive in January.  A Conference Board economist said
 although the three consecutive declines in the index met the first test of
 proving an economic slowdown, the second test -- an annualized decline of
 at least 3.5 percent over a 6-month time frame -- still has not been met.
 "With the 0.8 percent rise in January, the overall signal remains one of
 moderation in the pace of economic activity with no recession looming on
 the horizon," the economist said.  A key factor influencing the increase
 of the leading index in January was the $38 billion gain in the money
 supply. Also supporting the increase in the index was a 0.5 hour increase
 in the average workweek of manufacturing workers to 40.9 hours and a 7.7
 percent decline in the average number of weekly initial claims for
 unemployment insurance to 328,200, the Conference Board said. Consumer
 confidence, however, weighed on the index as it continued its decline for
 the sixth consecutive month (Daily Labor Report, page D-1). 
 
 Analysts today largely dismissed a rise in a key gauge of US economic
 activity last month as a temporary bounce in a troubled economy. The New
 York-based Conference Board said its index of leading economic indicators
 rose 0.8 percent, to 109.4, in January, suggesting the economy is steering
 clear of a recession. But economists said the uptick is probably just a
 rebound in business activity after a slowdown in November and December
 prompted in part by bitterly cold weather and two interest rate reductions
 ( Washington Post, page E4).
 
 An important forecasting gauge for the economy rose substantially after
 three consecutive months of steady decline, indicating that the economy is
 cooling off rather than tipping into a full-fledged recession. The
 Conference Board said the index of leading economic indicators edged up
 0.8 percent in January, after dropping 0.5 percent the month before
 (Reuters in The New York Times, page C12).
 
 In one encouraging sign for the U.S. economy, the index of leading
 economic indicators jumped 0.8 percent in January, its first increase in 4
 months and its biggest rise in more than 2 years (Greg Ip in The Wall
 Street Journal, page A2).
 
 Initial claims filed with state agencies for unemployment insurance
 benefits rose by 4,000 to a seasonally adjusted 348,000 in the week ended
 February 17, according to the Employment and Training Administration of
 the Department of Labor.  Revised data indicate that new claims for the
 week ended February 10 stood at 344,000. "Claims are expected to remain
 high as announced corporate layoffs in December and January set a new
 2-month record," a Merrill Lynch economist says (Daily Labor Report, page
 D-2; The Wall Street Journal, page A9).
 
 Lump-sum bonus payment provisions were found in 12 percent of
 nonconstruction contracts negotiated in 2000, according to an analysis by
 the Bureau of National Affairs of 735 collective bargaining agreements
 that together cover more than 908,000 workers.  Fifteen percent of
 agreements analyzed in 1999 and 17 percent in 1998 also included lump-sum
 provisions.  All three years are below  the high level of 36 percent
 tallied in 1988.  Construction contracts were excluded because none
 contained lump-sum pay provisions. Further, holiday, vacation, and other
 such bonuses were not included in the analysis. The weighted average
 f

BLS Daily Report

2001-02-22 Thread Richardson_D

 BLS DAILY REPORT, WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 21, 2001:
 
 RELEASED TODAY:  "Consumer Price Index:  January 2001": indicates that the
 Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (CPI-U) increased 0.6 percent
 in January, before seasonal adjustment, to a level of 175.1 (1982-84=100).
 For the 12-month period ended in January, the CPI-U increased 3.7 percent.
 On a seasonally adjusted basis, the CPI-U also increased 0.6 percent in
 January.  This was its largest monthly advance since a 0.6 percent rise in
 March 2000.  The energy index rose 3.9 percent in January, accounting for
 over one-half of the overall CPI-U increase.  The index for energy
 services rose 7.7 percent, largely as a result of a record monthly
 increase in the index for utility natural gas -- up 17.4 percent.  The
 index for petroleum-based energy was unchanged in January.  The food index
 increased 0.3 percent, following a 0.5 percent rise in December.
 Excluding food and energy, the CPI-U rose 0.3 percent in January,
 following an increase of 0.1 percent in December.  A larger increase in
 shelter costs and an upturn in the price of cigarettes were the principal
 factors accounting for the acceleration in January. 
 
 "Real Earnings in January 2001" indicates that real average weekly
 earnings were unchanged from December to January after seasonal
 adjustment, according to preliminary data released today by BLS. A 0.6
 percent increase in average weekly hours was offset by a 0.6 percent
 increase in the Consumer Price Index for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical
 Workers (CPI-W). Average hourly earnings were unchanged.
 
 Each day brings another mass-layoff announcement from a blue-chip company.
 Yet the unemployment rate has ticked up 0.2 percentage point since
 December, just a fraction over what the government calls statistically
 meaningful.  Could we be heading toward a paper, not a paycheck recession,
 where economic growth eases and stock prices swoon, but unemployment
 remains below its average of 5.6 percent of the past 10 years?  Or is
 unemployment lurking out there in the months ahead, reach to pounce once
 employers give up hope of a quick turnaround, asks Steve Liesman in The
 Wall Street Journal (page A2).  Economists are debating the point now, and
 many believe that, unlike the economic recession in 1990-91, when
 unemployment rose to 7.8 percent from 5.2 percent over a 2-year period,
 the current economic slowdown will not be marked by a sharp rise in
 joblessness. Demographics may ultimately help recently unemployed workers
 land jobs.  In the 1970s, the working-age population grew on average 2.2
 percent annually, as the baby boomers came of age.  In the 1990s, with a
 much larger economy, the working-age population is growing only 1 percent
 annually, a 55 percent decline.  This means the economy needs to create
 only about 100,000 jobs a month to keep the unemployment rate stable; that
 is roughly the job-creation rate now.  We are creating enough jobs so that
 in theory, you wouldn't have much of a decline in the unemployment rate
 unless the economy contracts, says Phil Rones, assistant commissioner at
 the Bureau of Labor Statistics. The big layoff announcements are not
 always all they seem to be.  Of the 10,000 Lucent layoffs, 3,000 will take
 place through attrition and 1,000 will be jobs outside the U.S.  Companies
 had been cutting back all through the expansion.  About one million people
 lost their jobs annually through mass layoffs, on average, from 1996
 through 1999.  Despite the sharp increase in mass layoffs in the last
 quarter of 2000, the total for the year is unlikely to be as high as that
 average, says Lewis Siegel, a senior economist at BLS.
 
 Many economists and management consultants say layoffs hurt companies more
 than they help.  The evidence is very weak that downsizing boosts
 productivity (The Wall Street Journal, page A2).
 
 Placement experts and job hunters say that in many fields, new jobs are
 popping up as fast as old ones vanish.  One reason:  At 4.2 percent, the
 unemployment rate is still near rock bottom in spite of the slowing
 economy.  Another is the rosy job creation data:  In January, there was an
 unexpected jump of 268,000.  "Even with the downturn in the economy, it's
 a superfueled job market, where demand outstrips supply," says the chief
 operating officer of a placement agency. Prospects are grimmest for
 unskilled factory workers, whose jobs continue to fall victim to advances
 in technology and globalization.  In 2000, they were smacked with 35
 percent of the nation's mass layoffs involving at least 50 people,
 according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics.  And for them, a new job
 often means working the cash register at a convenience store
 (http://ww.usnews.com/usnews/issue/010226/nycu/career.htm) 
 
 People working part time voluntarily -- that is, those who have chosen
 reduced hours, rather than being forced into them by lack

BLS Daily Report

2001-02-22 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 22, 2001:

RELEASED TODAY:  "Extended Mass Layoffs in the Fourth Quarter of 2000"
indicates that in the fourth quarter of 2000, there were 1,905 mass layoff
actions by employers that resulted in the separation of 374,320 workers from
their jobs for more than 30 days, according to preliminary figures.  Both
the total number of layoff events and the number of separations were higher
than in October-December 1999.  For all of 2000, however, extended mass
layoff events, at 5,522, and the number of worker separations, at 1,117,183,
were lower than any other year since the program began in the second quarter
of 1995.

The consumer price index for all urban consumers (CPI-U advanced 0.6 percent
in January amid higher prices for natural gas and tobacco products, the
Labor Department's Bureau of Labor Statistics reports.  The core CPI-U,
which excludes the volatile prices for energy and food, rose a slightly
higher than expected 0.3 percent.  Most of the rise in consumer prices can
be attributed to the 17.4 percent increase in prices for natural gas during
January, BLS says.  For the year ended in January, natural gas prices were
up 59.3 percent.  The chief economist at Lehman Brothers, New York, says
that although the overall increase in the CPI was significant in January,
the latest reports show most energy prices falling over the next several
months, removing most inflationary concerns. (Daily Labor Report, page D-8).

A record surge in residential natural gas prices caused the consumer price
index to shoot up 0.6 percent last month, the largest monthly rise since
last March, the Labor Department reported yesterday. (John M. Berry, in The
Washington Post, page E1).

Americans paid sharply higher prices for energy in January, causing
inflation at the consumer level to rise at its quickest pace in 10 months,
the government reported yesterday (The New York Times, page C1).).

The inflation-adjusted weekly earnings of most U.S. workers failed to grow
in January, as hourly pay was unchanged over the month, according to figures
from the Labor Department's Bureau of Labor Statistics.  Hours worked by
production or nonsupervisory employees on nonfarm payrolls increased by 0.6
percent in January, while average hourly earnings were unchanged between
December and January, which resulted in a 0.6 percent rise in average weekly
pay. Real earnings estimates are compiled from the agency's monthly survey
of about 390,000 nonfarm business establishments.  The payroll survey
represents about 80 percent of all private industry workers, the bureau said
(Daily Labor Report, page D21).

The Labor Department said yesterday that the average number of hours
Americans spent on the job grew 0.6 percent from December to January,
offsetting the price increases and leaving workers' real weekly earnings
unchanged.(The New York Times, page C1).

Data compiled by the Bureau of National Affairs in the first 8 weeks of 2001
show that the weighted average first-year wage increase in newly negotiated
contracts is 3.7 percent, compared with 3.5 percent in 2000.  The
manufacturing industry weighted average increase also is 3.7 percent, while
nonmanufacturing (excluding construction) agreements show a weighted average
increase in 3.8 percent (Daily Labor Report, page D-25).

The Department of Commerce reports U.S. trade deficit in goods and services
ended the year on a positive note, narrowing 0.4 percent in December, but
the imbalance for 3000 widened to a record $369.7 billion. Although
economists have fretted about the unsustainability of the ever-rising trade
deficit, they said the narrowing gap as the year ended reflected the sharp
growth deceleration in the world's largest economy (Daily Labor Report, page
D-1; John M. Berry in The Washington Post, page E16).

The increase in the trade deficit came as imports from China surged, giving
the United States a larger trade deficit with China than with Japan for the
first time (The New York Times, page C1).


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2001-02-20 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 20, 2001

An expected jump in energy prices was largely responsible for a 1.1 percent
rise in producer prices of finished goods in January, according to figure by
the Bureau of Labor Statistics.  January's advance in the finished goods
producer price index was the largest monthly gain since a 1.3 percent jump
in September 1990.  Energy prices received by producers climbed 3.8 percent
last month.  (Daily Labor Report, page D-9).

The Labor Department said producer prices for finished goods shot up 1.1
percent last month, the biggest jump in a decade and far more than analysts
had expected, as a result of higher costs for food, energy, tobacco products
and new vehicles (John M. Berry in The Washington Post, February 17, page
E1).

The Labor Department said the producer price index, a broad measure of
wholesale inflation, grew 1.1 percent in January, far outpacing economists'
expectations for a 0.2 percent rise ("Credit Markets" feature in The Wall
Street Journal, page C19).

The Wall Street Journal feature "Tracking the Economy" (page A6) says that
the Consumer Price Index for January, to be released tomorrow, will be 0.3
percent, according to the Thomson Global Forecast.  The previous month's
actual increase was 0.2.  Excluding food and energy, the January CPI is
predicted to be 0.2 percent, in contrast to 0.3 percent for December.

For all the fear that layoff announcements generate, the reality behind each
company's move is often more complicated than a single headline number
suggests, says David Leonhardt in The New York Times (February 19, page 1).
"When a company announces 5,000 layoffs, said Patrick Carey, an economist
who studies job cuts for the Bureau of Labor Statistics, "sometimes 5000
people aren't being laid off."  Even in difficult times, many analysts say,
a torrent of layoff announcements can overstate the economy's problems. Over
the last seven years, there has been little apparent relationship between
the number of announced layoffs across corporate America, and the
unemployment rate, a recent study by Lehman Brothers found. But the Lehman
Brothers economist who studied jobcuts says "Bad news about the economy does
influence consumers' spending.  It does tend to put a damper on their
willingness to borrow."

According to the Christian Science Monitor, every day seems to bring news of
another company laying off thousands of workers, but the situation is not as
bad as it seems. There are several factors at work here: many companies are
announcing downsizing, but plan to accomplish this over several years and
through attrition; some of the cutbacks are conditional; and while many
firms are letting workers go, others are hiring. The result: Economists who
follow layoffs say the actual numbers so far are not out of the ordinary.
Over the past six years, the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) has found that
the economy averages about 1 million to 1.2 million permanent layoffs (at
least 50 people let go for 30 days or more) per year. So far, there has been
only a minor uptick in the unemployment rate. "I haven't seen any signs of
the bottom dropping out - it's too soon to reach that conclusion," says
Lewis Siegel, senior BLS economist. (The Christian Science Monitor,
http://www.csmonitor.com/durable/2001/02/20/fp1s1-csm.shtml).

John J. Sweeney, president of the AFL-CIO, gave an unusual do-or-die warning
at a meeting of labor leaders in Los Angeles, telling them that unless
unions did far more to increase their ranks, organized labor could drift
into irrelevance.  The percentage of American workers belonging to unions
fell to 13.5 percent from 13.9 percent last year.  That is the lowest level
since the number of unionized workers peaked at 35 percent in the 1950's.
Even though more than 16 million jobs have been created since 1992, the
Bureau of Labor Statistics found that the number of union members nationwide
has slipped by 200,000 since then, to 16.2 million (The New York Times,
February 19, page A10).

Industrial production fell 0.3 percent in January, marking the fourth
monthly decline in a row, the Federal Reserve says. The drop brought the
industrial production index down to 147.0 percent of its 1992 average, and
was concentrated in the auto sector and utilities.  The National Association
of Manufacturers, for its part, said the slowdown in the industrial sector
is beginning to ease (Daily Labor Report, page D-5; The Wall Street Journal
page 1 graph is of industrial production 1998 to the present).

A report by the Pew Internet and American Life Project found that the number
of American adults with Internet access grew by 16 million the last 6 months
of 2000.  That brings the total number of adults using the Internet in the
United States to 104 million, or 56 percent of the adult population.  Women,
minorities, and people earning $30,000 to $50,000 were among the population
segments of Internet user

BLS Daily Report

2001-02-16 Thread Richardson_D

 BLS DAILY REPORT, FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 16, 2000:
 
 RELEASED TODAY:  "Producer Price Indexes -- January 2001" indicates that
 the Producer Price Index for Finished Goods advanced 1.1 percent in
 January, seasonally adjusted.  January's rise followed a 0.2 percent
 increase in December 2000 and a 0.1 percent gain in November 2000.  At the
 earlier stages of process, prices received by producers of intermediate
 goods increased 0.7 percent, following a 0.4 percent rise in the prior
 month, and the crude goods index advanced 13.9 percent, after posting an
 8.5 percent increase a month earlier.
 
 Import prices fell 0.4 percent in January, as oil prices declined sharply
 for the second consecutive month, the Labor Department's Bureau of Labor
 Statistics reported February 15.  The value of all imported commodities
 slipped to an index level of 99.4 percent of 1995 levels, while the value
 of all exported commodities climbed 0.2 percent to an index level of 96.6
 percent in January (Daily Labor Report, page D-1).
 
 Import prices fell for a second consecutive month in January as the cost
 of oil and industrial supplies continued to decline, the government said
 yesterday.  Separate reports showed that industrial activity in the
 mid-Atlantic region shrank for a third month in February, while initial
 jobless claims in the last week dropped more than expected.  Export prices
 rose by an unremarkable 0.2 percent in January, after falling 0.1 percent
 in December.  In a separate report, the Federal Reserve Bank of
 Philadelphia's business outlook survey underscored weakness in
 manufacturing, which, along with tame prices, left the door open for more
 interest rate cuts.  Yet the Philadelphia Fed said the outlook for the
 months ahead had improved.  Its index improved to minus 30.5 from minus
 36.8 in January (Reuters in The New York Times, page C6).
 
 Import prices fell for the second straight month in January, as petroleum
 prices slipped, suggesting that imports continue to act as a damper on
 prices in the U.S.  In a separate report, the Labor Department said new
 claims for unemployment benefits declined last week for the first time in
 4 weeks.  But the drop didn't signify further labor market tightening (Dow
 Jones Newswires, in The Wall Street Journal, page A2).
 
 New claims filed with state agencies for jobless benefits decreased by
 11,000 to a total of 352,000, seasonally adjusted, for the week ended
 February 10, the Employment and Training Administration of the Department
 of Labor reports. The 4-week moving average of initial UI claims -- the
 figure that is more closely watched by analysts than the more volatile
 weekly total -- climbed to 345,000 for the period ended February 10, up
 12,000 from the previous week's revised average of 333,000  (Daily Labor
 Report, page D-3).
 
 New claims for state unemployment benefits declined last week for the
 first time in 4 weeks, but were still in the range indicating that
 companies' appetite for workers has diminished.  It was the first decline
 since January 13, when claims dropped by 40,000 (The Washington Post, page
 E2).
 
 With the number of union members on the decline, the AFL-CIO Executive
 Council used its annual winter meeting to focus a great deal on
 organizing. Last month the Bureau of Labor Statistics reported that the
 percentage of workers belonging to unions slipped to 13.5 percent. Mark
 Splain, the Federation's organizing director, told BNA  Feb. 15 that there
 were "frank discussions" during the meeting because organizing is "off
 pace." Splain said unions affiliated with the AFL-CIO organized about
 350,000 workers in 2000, compared with 600,000 the year before. "The
 numbers are not where they should be," he added. In August, the executive
 council announced a plan to recruit 1 million members a year. Splain said
 there never was an intent to grow to that pace immediately. AFL-CIO
 President John J. Sweeney said Feb. 12 the federation is targeting an
 organizing goal of 700,000 this year and 1 million in 2002 (Daily Labor
 Report, page AA-3).
 

 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2001-02-15 Thread Richardson_D

 BLS DAILY REPORT, THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 2001:
 
 RELEASED TODAY:  "U.S. Import and Export Price Indexes -- January 2001"
 indicates that the U.S. Import Price Index decreased 0.4 percent in
 January.  The decline followed a 0.8 percent decrease in the previous
 month and was largely attributable to a drop in petroleum prices.  The
 Export Price Index gained 0.2 percent in January, after dipping 0.1
 percent in December.
 
 While labor demand remains strong in many areas, a small decline in the
 Wage Trend Indicator suggests the weakened U.S. economy might dampen wage
 pressures later this year, according to the latest WTI figures released by
 the Bureau of National Affairs.  Preliminary figures for the first quarter
 2001 show the WTI declined moderately to 100.69, from a revised 100.85 in
 the fourth quarter. "The WTI is responsive to the weakened condition of
 the economy, especially in the first quarter, which is widely expected to
 be the weakest of the year," says economist Joel Popkin, whose firm
 developed the measure for BNA.  "If the economy remains weak, in a couple
 of quarters we could see this slower growth reflected in wages," he says.
 The Wage Trend Indicator is designed to predict changes in private
 industry wages as measured by the Bureau of Labor Statistics Employment
 Cost Index (Daily Labor Report, page D-1).
 
 Average monthly cable-television bills climbed 5.8 percent nationwide over
 the 1-year period ending in July, a boost well above the 3.7 percent rate
 of inflation recorded for other goods and services during the same period,
 according to a new Federal Communications Commission survey.  The price
 hikes came during the first full year after Congress ended federal price
 controls on cable-TV bills on March 31, 1999 (The Washington Post, page
 E1).
 
 After laying off workers, reducing shifts and deeply discounting
 merchandise, businesses are working off some of their excess inventories.
 The Commerce Department says inventories of goods on shelves and backlots
 rose by a tiny 0.1 percent in December, to a seasonally adjusted $1.22
 trillion.  That matched the increase in sales, which rose to $896.8
 billion.  The 0.1 percent rise in inventories was the smallest since the
 same-size increase registered in January 1999 (The Washington Post, page
 E2).
 
 Business inventories rose only a bit in December, as companies slashed
 production in response to the slowing economy.  That news eased some
 concerns that excess inventories were continuing to grow and could
 eventually tip the economy into a recession if companies adopted sharper
 production cuts to bring stocks in line with sales (The Wall Street
 Journal, page A2).
 
 Productivity, the goods and services produced from each hour of work, is
 the magic elixir of economic progress, says The Wall Street Journal in its
 "Capital" feature (page A1).  Productivity grew at about 2.7 percent a
 year for the quarter century after World War II.  Around 1973, it slowed
 mysteriously to about 1.5 percent a year, and then perked up around 1995.
 For the past couple of years, productivity has been growing at better than
 3 percent a year.  Economists dissecting data agree that something big
 happened, and that it has to do with information technology.  They
 disagree on details.  But will productivity growth hold up?  Federal
 Reserve Chairman Alan Greenspan, the one economist whose opinions actually
 count, remains an optimist.  One reason, he said this week, is that
 productivity growth stayed strong when the economy weakened late last
 year, an unusual and heartening development.
 
 Gross domestic product, job growth, productivity:  These numbers have a
 reassuring solidity.  But when it comes to economic data, the first pass
 can be misleading, says Business Week (February 12, page 28).  ...The
 Bureau of Labor Statistics announced that private sector employment was up
 by 240,000 in the 6 months ended in October 1990. ...But these gains
 evaporated as the data were revised over the next couple of years.  It
 turned out that the BLS had greatly overstated the number of jobs created.
 In particular, the "bias adjustment factor," which accounted for job
 growth at new businesses, was far too high.  It turned out that the number
 of jobs actually fell by 240,000 over that 6-month stretch.  The most
 striking change, though, affected productivity data.  In the months
 leading up to the 1990 recession, measured productivity growth appeared to
 be basically flat.  But after a decade of revisions to the data, a
 completely different productivity picture has been revealed.  In fact,
 productivity dramatically accelerated over the course of the 1990-91
 recession as companies chopped jobs. No one knows how much -- or in which
 direction -- the current numbers will be revised.  Yet the lesson is
 clear:  Treating economic statistics as gospel is precisely the wrong
 thing to do.
 
 As a onc

BLS Daily Report

2001-02-14 Thread Richardson_D

 BLS DAILY REPORT, WEDNESDAY,  FEBRUARY 14, 2001:
 
 Retail sales picked up in January after a sluggish Christmas shopping
 season, the government said today in a report showing new signs of life in
 the sagging economy. Total retail sales rose 0.7 percent last month, after
 gaining an anemic 0.1 percent in December, the Commerce Department
 reported. Excluding volatile aotomobile sales, retail sales rose 0.8
 percent last month after being flat in December (New York Times, page C8).
 
 In a modestly upbeat assessment, Federal Reserve Chairman Alan Greenspan
 said that the economy is not in recession and that it improved somewhat in
 January from the "exceptional weakness" of late last year.  He also said
 healthy economic growth is likely to resume later this year.
 Nevertheless, Greenspan told the Senate Banking Committee there is still a
 substantial risk the economy could falter if business and consumer
 confidence, which have declined noticeably, take a true nose dive.  The
 idea of an improvement in the economy was bolstered by a Commerce
 Department report that retail sales rose an unexpectedly strong 0.7
 percent last month.  The retail sales gain was the largest since
 September, and broadly based  (John M. Berry, in The Washington Post, page
 E1).
 
 While warning that the economy still faces substantial risks, Alan
 Greenspan, the Federal Reserve Chairman, said yesterday that the United
 States was not in a recession and that the slowdown it was experiencing
 could prove to be as short as it is sharp (Richard W. Stevenson in The New
 York Times, page A1).
 
 Federal Reserve Chairman Alan Greenspan sounded more upbeat about the
 economy than he did three weeks ago, but that didn't change expectations
 that the Fed will cut interest rates again in its March 20 policy setting
 meeting (The Wall Street Journal, page A2).
 
 The nursing workforce in the United States is shrinking while the number
 of patients who will need their services is expected to grow,
 representatives of the health care industry told members of the Senate
 Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions Committee's Subcommittee on Aging.
 Vacancy rates for registered nurses in hospitals range from 14 to 30
 percent, said the president of the American Organization of Nurse
 Executives (Daily Labor Report, page A2).
 
 Recruiting by Internet companies at leading business schools soared last
 year, but is expected to fall sharply as the industry contracts.  This
 year, students say they are hoping to land jobs in established traditional
 fields instead of dot-com startups (The New York Times, page C1).
 
 The annual pay packages of chief executives continue to soar and now
 exceed $10 million among the nation's very largest public companies,
 according to a survey by Pearl Meyer  Partners, an executive compensation
 consultant in New York.  Benefiting from a continued abundance of stock
 options that make up the bulk of their pay, the average compensation for
 chief executives reached a record $10.9 million in 2000, a 16 percent
 increase over the previous year (The New York Times, page C2).
 
 Despite the widespread belief that Hispanics in the U.S. are "mired in
 poverty," they are quickly climbing the economic ladder, with more than
 one million Hispanic households joining the ranks of the middle class
 during the past 2 decades, according to results of a study made by the
 Tomas Rivera Policy Institute, a nonprofit think tank in Claremont,
 California, that conducts policy research on issues affecting U.S.
 Hispanics.  The analysis of the Institute suggests that this upward
 mobility is often obscured by the fact that the large number of poor
 immigrants arriving from Latin America -- especially Mexico -- puts a drag
 on Hispanic income data, contributing to a misleading portrait of the
 Hispanic community.  One of the report's authors says "The kids are doing
 better than the parents in the labor market."  A pivotal reason is
 education.  In fact, annual income for a U.S. born Hispanic man with a
 college degree reached $60,600 in 1998, only 13 percent less than the
 level for non-Hispanic whites, according to the study.  A Mexican
 immigrant without a high school diploma, on the other hand, makes less
 than $19,000 a year on average (The Wall Street Journal, page A4).
 
DUE OUT TOMORROW: U.S. Import and Export Price Indexes, January 2001


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2001-02-13 Thread Richardson_D

 BLS DAILY REPORT, TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 13, 2001:
 
 The unemployment line is becoming a relic of the past, says The Wall
 Street Journal in its "Work Week" feature (page A1).  With an eye on cost
 savings and ease of use, most states are adopting telephone-based
 unemployment insurance systems.  "It's more efficient," says New York's
 acting labor commissioner, who says it helps cut fraud as well.
 
 Economists are watching those who traditionally suffer early in a downturn
 and those at-risk workers drawn to the labor market by  tight labor and
 welfare to work.  One  group being watched is black female workers who saw
 their unemployment rate rise to 7.3 percent in January, from 5.7 percent
 in December.  The number tends to bounce around, so many economists are
 waiting for February's results.  Still, "It suggests there's a real
 problem here," says a National Urban League official.  Several
 welfare-to-work groups say they haven't seen job losses, perhaps because
 these workers are paid less, says the executive director of a Chicago
 welfare-to-work program.  But a person who handles public and private work
 force development program notes that higher unemployment could mean job
 losers are looking for work instead of leaving the labor force (The Wall
 Street Journal in its "Work Week" feature, pageA1).  
 
 Federal Reserve Chairman Alan Greenspan will be treading a fine line when
 he testifies before the Senate Banking Committee today. He must convince
 rattled consumers the economy is on track while letting Wall Street
 investors know that the Fed will keep cutting interest rates to boost
 economic growthGreenspan is trying to avoid crumpling consumer
 confidence at a time when consumer spending is vital to preventing a
 recession. Last month, Greenspan danced around the "R" word during Senate
 testimony, saying instead that economic growth was "close to zero." This
 time, he's likely to lower the Fed's 3.25% growth forecast for the year.
 Is the economy in recession? The consensus, so far, is that the economy
 has dodged such a bullet. Only 5% of forecasters surveyed by the Blue Chip
 Economic Indicators say the economy is in recession. They see growth at
 2.1% this year--the slowest pace since 1991, when the economy shrank 0.2%
 (USA Today, page 1B).
 

 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2001-02-12 Thread Richardson_D

 BLS Daily Report, Monday, February 12, 2001:
 
 The number of work stoppages involving at least 1,000 workers surged from
 1999's all-time law of 17 to a 6-year high of 39 strikes or lockouts
 during 2000, the Labor Department's Bureau of Labor Statistics reports.
 The 39 work stoppages resulted in 394,000 employees being idled and 20
 million workdays being lost, more than 4-times the average number of 4.57
 million workdays lost annually during the 1990s.  BLS says the jump was
 almost entirely due to a strike of 135,000 actors working in radio and
 television commercials (Daily Labor Report, page D-1).
 
 How to keep key employees satisfied in the face of a business downturn is
 an old-economy lesson nearly as important as profitability, and one that
 high-tech companies have been slow to learn, says Carrie Johnson in an
 article in The Washington Post (February 11, page L1) on union organizing
 at Amazon.  That company's dismissal in January of 1,300 people in Seattle
 and at a Georgia distribution center have created problems.  Most of the
 criticism has focused on a separation agreement the company asked its
 departing  customer-service employees to sign. In exchange for 12 weeks of
 severance pay, a share of a stock trust fund that will mature in 2003, and
 a $500 bonus for staying on board until May, employees were asked to give
 up their rights to sue Amazon and to refrain from criticizing the company.
 
  
 Internet and e-commerce companies plan to use salary increases averaging
 8.6 percent -- the highest in the technology industry -- and other perks
 to attract and retain employees this year according to Watson Wyatt
 Worldwide.  New hires receiving bonuses include 34 percent of senior
 executives, 22 percent management, 22 percent professional/technical, and
 6 percent non-exempt.  Companies plan to use the following measures
 measures to attract workers, with 50 percent employing opportunities for
 bonuses, profit sharing, etc., 50 percent hiring bonuses, 45 percent
 modified work hours/days, 38 percent telecommuting, 30 percent perks, and
 8 percent enriched relocation packages (The Washington Post, page E2).
 
 Professional apartment managers find that their rent is low, but the
 stress is high, says Leta Herman in the "Apartment Living" supplement of
 The Washington Post (February 10, page 7).  She quotes one person in such
 a job as saying "This job is based 90 percent on attitude and 10 percent
 on skill."  But nowadays property managers have all sorts of
 certifications to tack onto their names, even a 4-year college degree. The
 field is female dominated, except at the corporate level, says one
 property manager. A large number of managers are in the 40 to 60 age
 bracket, and this may be a second or third career. In larger complexes the
 jobs break down into a number of areas. The sales or leasing agents show
 the apartments and rent them.  The maintenance and repairs staff (also
 called service technicians) are responsible for fixing the things that
 break -- toilets, sinks, heating, and so on.  There are many other types
 of apartment jobs -- guards, groundskeeper, concierge, office clerk and
 janitor, to name a few.  The managers and assistant managers of larger
 properties supervise all the staff and fill in the blanks.  In the smaller
 buildings, you still need to be a jack of all trades. In smaller
 properties, you typically work for rent credit.  In the mid-range
 buildings, 40 to 70 units, you'll typically get a full rent credit.
 Beyond 70 units, you typically get more than full rent credit.  For
 example, with 120 units, you might get free rent plus $1,000 to $1,500
 cash (a month), depending on the area and supply and demand. According to
 the U.S. Department of Labor, property manager salaries vary greatly
 around the country, from the low $20,000 range up to $55,000 in
 metropolitan areas such as San Francisco, New York, and Los Angeles.
 
 Though economists are expecting this year to be the economy's worst since
 1991, only a tiny percentage think the economy is in a recession, a new
 survey has found. Just 5 percent of forecasters surveyed by Blue Chip
 Economic Indicators say that the U.S. has slipped into a recession.  That
 is in spite of a consensus forecast of just 2.1 percent growth in
 inflation-adjusted gross domestic product this year, which would be the
 slowest since 1991, when the economy shrank 0.2 percent (The Wall Street
 Journal, page A2).
 
 The Wall Street Journal's feature "Tracking the Economy" (page A20) shows
 the Producer Price Index forecast for January, due out Friday, at+ 0.3
 percent, according to the Thomson Global Forecast, in contrast to 0.0
 percent for December 2000.  The index, excluding food and energy, will be+
 0.1 percent if it matches the forecast, compared to 0.0 percent for
 December 2000.
 

 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2001-02-09 Thread Richardson_D

 BLS DAILY REPORT, FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 9, 2001:
 
 RELEASED TODAY:  "Major Work Stoppages in 2000" indicates that major work
 stoppage activity rose in 2000 after hitting record lows in 1999.
 Thirty-nine major work stoppages began during the year, idling 394,000
 workers and resulting in 20 million workdays of idleness (about 6 out of
 every 10,000 available workdays).  Comparable figures for 1999 were 17
 stoppages, 73,000 workers idled, and 2 million days of idleness.  The
 series, which dates back to 1947, covers strikes and lockouts involving
 1,000 workers or more and lasting at least one shift.
 
 The number of people filing claims with stage agencies for unemployment
 insurance benefits rose by 15,000 to a seasonally adjusted 361,000 for the
 week ended February 3, the Labor Department's Employment and Training
 Administration announces.  The report marks the third consecutive weekly
 increase in UI claims.  The 4-week moving average for initial claims was
 331,250, an increase of 4,250 from the previous week's revised average of
 327,000.  Government reports from last week indicated that the nation's
 unemployment rate climbed to 4.2 percent in January, the highest level in
 16 months, highlighted by a loss of 65,000 manufacturing jobs (Daily Labor
 Report, page D-1).
 
 January proved to be a markdown month for most of the nation's retailers
 after a disappointing holiday season, but while some chains benefited from
 last month's selling spree, others warned of earnings shortfalls as a
 result of the discounting.  Over all, retail sales in stores open at least
 a year, a crucial industry measurement, rose 3.4 percent last month,
 according to the Goldman Sachs retail composite index.  They rose just
 one-tenth of one percent in December (Reuters in The New York Times, page
 C4).
 
 Retailers took a dose of strong medicine in January, slashing prices in
 order to successfully clear out excess winter inventory after a
 disappointing holiday shopping season.  But while the lower prices will
 hurt many retailers' fourth-quarter earnings, most merchants now have
 healthier outlooks for the spring season, having gotten ride of old
 inventory.  This year the traditional January clearance discounts were
 steeper than ever, analysts said, leading to slightly stronger than
 expected sales and thus lower than average inventory levels at the end of
 the month (The Wall Street Journal, page A2).
 
 The very technology that is powering the Information Age is also leaving
 many of its workers with a painful malady:  repetitive motion injuries,
 says USA Today (page B1).  Ergonomic injuries are afflicting technology
 workers as young as 20 to 30 years old, many of whom have been using
 computers since childhood.  Some problems are severe enough to end careers
 that have barely begun.  Blame the problem on the long workweeks typical
 among those in high-tech, an infatuation with technology so strong that
 workers often spend their free time online, and a lack of attention by
 many start-ups to ergonomic issues and training.
 

 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2001-02-08 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 8, 2001:

 Reflecting the overall economic slowdown, the pace of productivity growth
 moderated in the nonfarm business sector to a 2.4 percent annual rate of
 increase in the fourth quarter of 2000, according to the Bureau of Labor
 Statistics.  For all of 2000, nonfarm productivity climbed 4.3 percent --
 the strongest performance since 1983.  One of the few unfavorable pieces
 of news in the productivity report was the 6.6 percent rise in
 compensation per hour in the nonfarm sector during the fourth quarter.
 Unit labor costs accelerated to a 4.1 percent advance, reflecting the
 sharp rise in compensation.  For all of 2000, the 4.3 percent productivity
 gain helped to offset the 5.1 percent jump in compensation, resulting in a
 0.7 percent rise in unit labor costs (Daily Labor Report, page D-1).
 
 "It sometimes takes a slowdown to confirm a gain," writes John M. Berry in
 The Washington Post (page E1). Usually when U.S. economic growth slows
 sharply, as it did in the second half of last year, business efficiency
 also takes a nose dive.  Typically, gains in labor productivity -- the
 amount of goods and services produced for each hour worked -- become very
 weak or turn into declines.  Some analysts expected that to happen this
 time.  But so far, at least, it hasn't.  And that lends weight to the
 growing belief that the U.S. economy has changed in fundamental ways that
 should enable it to grow on a sustainable basis more rapidly than in
 decades past.  The Labor Department reported yesterday that labor
 productivity at firms other than farms rose at a 2.4 percent annual rate
 in the fourth quarter, even though the output of goods and services
 increased at only a 1.2 percent rate.  The third-quarter productivity gain
 was also greater than the increase in output.
 
 Despite the slowing economy, American workers increased their productivity
 at an annual rate of 2.4 percent in the last 3 months of 2000, a gain that
 was higher than expected, the government reported.  At the same time,
 workers' hourly compensation, adjusted for inflation, rose at an annual
 rate of 3.8 percent, the fastest growth since the first quarter of 1998
 (The New York Times, page C16).
 
 The U.S. economy continued to make productivity gains last quarter, but at
 a slower rate consistent with the cooling in overall growth.  The Labor
 Department said nonfarm business productivity rose at a seasonally
 adjusted annual rate of 2.4 percent in the fourth quarter of 2000.  That
 is slower than the third-quarter increase of 3 percent, revised downward
 from an initial estimate of 3.3 percent, and significantly below the 6.3
 percent gain reported in the second quarter (The Wall Street Journal, page
 A2).
 
 The U.S. rustbelt is once again feeling the pain of an economic slowdown,
 says Karen Pierog in a Reuters story with a Chicago dateline, in the Los
 Angeles Times (February 2).  Job layoffs were way up in the Midwest
 compared to other parts of the country in December, according to the
 Bureau of Labor Statistics.  The agency reported this week that layoff
 events that involve at least 50 employees at a single company doubled to
 1,079 in the Midwest in December, compared to 531 in December 1999.  The
 number of workers getting the bad news ballooned to 157,486 from 67,805 a
 year ago. "It's a manufacturing story, mostly," said a senior economist at
 the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago.  He said that most of the layoffs
 occurred in the manufacturing sector, which is still highly concentrated
 in the Midwest.  Manufacturing strongholds like Michigan and Ohio, which
 suffered through past recessions, saw a surge in job losses.  Layoffs in
 Michigan more than quadrupled in December from November, while they more
 than doubled in Ohio, according to the labor statistics bureau.  Illinois
 and Wisconsin also saw increases in layoffs.  The Chicago Fed's economist
 said a better picture of the Midwest economy will be formed with the
 release of layoff data for January.  He said that data should show if the
 December increases were a quirk or if a trend is emerging.  However, John
 Challenger, executive vice president of the international outplacement
 firm Challenger, Gray  Christmas, said more job layoffs are looming,
 spreading from manufacturing to the high technology sector.
 
 The Labor Department reported that the number of workers losing their jobs
 in mass layoffs -- whose in which a company fires 50 or more employees --
 rose 54 percent in the fourth quarter of last year compared with a year
 earlier.  In California, more than 154,000 people lost their jobs, a 14
 percent hike from the 1999 period.  Yet the January employment report
 showed the nation added 268,000 net jobs last month.  The U.S.
 unemployment rate has stayed low in part because small and mid-size
 companies continue to hire even as larger companies shed workers,
 economists say.  Also, many recent 

BLS Daily Report

2001-02-07 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 7, 2001:

 RELEASED TODAY: BLS reported preliminary productivity data--as measured by
 output per hour of all persons--for the fourth quarter and for the full
 year 2000. The seasonally adjusted annual rates of productivity in the
 fourth quarter and the annual average changes were: Business sector, 3.2
 percent for the fourth quarter and 4.3 percent for the annual change, and
 for the Nonfarm business sector, 2.4 percent for the fourth quarter and
 4.3 percent annually.
 
 Worker productivity growth in the United States slowed in the fourth
 quarter while a key measure of labor costs increased, the government
 reported Wednesday, a further reflection that the U.S. economy has cooled.
 U.S. productivity, a closely watched gauge that measures how much workers
 produce per hour, grew at an annual rate of 2.4 percent in the final 3
 months of 2000, the Labor Department said.  That was about in line with
 Wall Street forecasts of a 2.5 percent increase but below the third
 quarter's revised 3.0 percent rate of growth. However, unit labor costs, a
 key gauge of inflationary pressures in the economy, rose at a 4.1 percent
 annual rate in the quarter, up from a revised 3.2 percent gain in the
 prior quarter. Analysts polled by Briefing.com had expected labor costs to
 grow only about 2.8 percent
 (http://cnnfn.cnn.com/2001/02/07/economy/productivity).
 
 Layoff announcements made by U.S.companies rose to 142,208 in January, the
 highest of any month since 1993, outplacement firm Challenger, Gray 
 Christmas reports.  Challenger, based in Northbrook, Ill., said the number
 of job cut announcements in January represents a 6 percent increase over
 the December 2000 announcement of 133,713 job cuts and a 181 percent
 increase from January 2000, when 50,655 job cuts were announced.  Although
 the layoffs were spread broadly throughout several economic sectors, they
 were most severe in the automotive industry, which announced it would
 eliminate 35,959 jobs. The telecommunications industry announced the
 second-largest number of layoffs during January with 22,060.  The retail
 sector, affected by store closings that included J.C. Penney and Sears,
 announced plans to lay off 15,344 workers, Challenger said.  The latest
 mass layoff report from the Labor Department, which tracks job reductions
 through the unemployment insurance data system, confirmed that layoffs
 have risen sharply in recent months.  Mass layoff events in December had
 risen to 2,677 and unemployment insurance claims were filed by 326,743
 persons, the most since the agency began collecting the data in 1995
 (Daily Labor Report, page A-4).
 
 American businesses announced the most job cuts in January for any month
 since a placement firm started tracking such reports 8 years ago.
 Businesses announced plans to cut 142,208 jobs last month, up 6.3  percent
 from the 133,713 cuts announced in December, according to placement firm
 Challenger, Gray  Christmas.  Announcements of job cuts are not the same
 as layoffs because many of the reductions will be made through attrition
 or early retirement, analysts say.  The unemployment rate rose to 4.2
 percent in January, the highest in more than a year, the Labor Department
 reported last week.  Businesses also added 268,000 jobs last month, the
 most since 410,000 in April.  Construction accounted for most of the gain
 (Bloomberg News in The New York Times, page C9).
 
 President Bush will present a budget outline to Congress this month, and
 if he keeps his pledge, he will ask for a 6.8 percent -- $3.1 billion --
 military raise by 2002, says Stephen Barr, writing in "The Federal Diary".
 Under the formula, military raises are calculated at 0.5 percent above the
 Labor Department's Employment Cost Index, which tracks wage increases
 across the nation.  For 2002, the formula would give the military a 4.6
 percent raise.  Bush's extra billion translates to an additional 2.2
 percent, putting the total raise to 6.8 percent. (Washington Post, page
 B2).
 
 Consumers everywhere but in the South Central states were less upbeat
 about the economy's prospects in January compared with December, according
 to a Conference Board survey.  The falloff was particularly pronounced in
 the Great Lakes, Mid Atlantic, and New England states, says Lynn Franco,
 who oversees the survey asking consumers to look at the economy both now
 and 6 months out.  Even in the Rocky Mountain states, households are still
 sanguine about the present but increasingly wary of conditions 6 months
 down the line.  Confidence in Pacific states, where the survey was taken
 as California's energy crisis worsened, fell to a level indicative of a
 recession 6 months from now.  Confidence increased or remained unchanged
 only in South Central states, which were boosted by their energy
 industries and new auto factories, says the chief economist of Economy.com
 (The Wall Street Journal

BLS Daily Report

2001-02-06 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, MONDAY, FEBRUARY 5, 2001

__Widespread layoffs in the manufacturing sector pushed the unemployment
rate up to 4.2 percent in January, even as employer payrolls grew by
268,000, the Labor Department's Bureau of Labor Statistics reports.  BLS
Commissioner Katharine Abraham said in a briefing that the sharp payroll
growth, following a downward revised increase of only 19,000 in December,
was mostly attributable to "unusually large seasonally adjusted increases in
just two areas -- construction and the federal government."  Although the
sharp level of payroll growth was mostly due to an anomaly caused by BLS's
seasonal adjustments, economists say the report signals a significant
decline in the likelihood of a recession. Gordon Richards, an economist at
the National Association of Manufacturers, said the increase in jobs was
three times larger than what had been expected and should help sustain
consumer spending in the first quarter. ...  (Brett Ferguson in Daily Labor
Report, page D-1; text of Commissioner's statement, page E-1).
__The nation's unemployment rate rose to 4.2 percent in January, its highest
level in 16 months, as heavy manufacturers continued to lay off thousands of
permanent and temporary workers.  At the same time, government, hospitals,
and building contractors continued to expand their payrolls during the
month, providing crucial support to an U.S. economy that many analysts
believe has stopped growing.  Economists said the January jobs report
confirms the emergence of a two-tiered economy in which auto, steel, and
appliance manufacturers have sunk deep into recession while the once-booming
technology sector runs in place and consumers continue to spend modestly on
restaurant meals, travel, and clothes. ...  (Steven Pearlstein in Washington
Post, Feb. 3, page A1).
__Responding to a slowing of the economy, the unemployment rate rose in
January to 4.2 percent -- the highest level in 15 months -- as the number of
jobs in manufacturing continued to shrink.  But the huge service sector,
bucking the ebbing tide in American industry, produced enough new jobs to
clearly suggest that the overall economy had not tipped into recession.  And
consumer confidence, which fell sharply in December and early January,
appeared to stabilize by the end of the month, according to the latest
survey by the University of Michigan's Consumer Research Center. ... BLS
said that the number of new jobs it reported for January overstated the
strength of the labor market, largely because of unusual weather patterns
and a shift in the Postal Service's Christmas hiring.  The report showed an
increase of 145,000 construction jobs and 54,000 government jobs, but Thomas
Nardone, chief of the Division of Labor Force Statistics, said a more
realistic number would be closer to 75,000 construction jobs and 9,000 for
government. ...  (Louis Uchitelle in New York Times, Feb. 3, page A1).
__America's extraordinarily low unemployment rate is beginning to feel
pressure from the sharp economic slowdown, but not enough to prove the
entire economy has followed manufacturing into recession. ...  The report
was the first comprehensive look at the entire economy for January.
Previous reports had found that the industrial sector's decline accelerated
during the month, and the payroll report provided further confirmation. ...
Katharine Abraham, who heads the Labor Department's Bureau of Labor
Statistics, noted that average payroll growth over the past 4 months has
fallen 45 percent to 102,000 from the prior 9 months. .  (Greg Ip in Wall
Street Journal, page A2).

The Wall Street Journal's feature "Tracking the Economy" (page A6) shows
that the Thomson Global Forecast for productivity in the fourth quarter of
2000, to be released Wednesday, is predicted to show a rise of 1.5 percent.
The actual productivity figure for the previous quarter was 3.8 percent.
The fourth quarter increase for unit labor costs is predicted to be 3.5
percent, compared with 2.5 percent in the third quarter.

"The Bureau of Labor Statistics ... is one of those places that the good
government gurus like to call an 'island of excellence.'  In the big
bureaucratic sea, BLS sails along at a fast clip, getting the job done and
doing it right," writes Stephen Barr in the "Federal Diary" feature of The
Washington Post (Feb. 4, page C2).  But in at least one regard, BLS is no
different than the rest of the government.  In the next 5 years, 24 percent
of its approximately 2,570 employees will be eligible to retire.  Economists
make up about half the BLS staff and, as might be expected, have the largest
number of retirement eligible (243 people, or 19 percent) of any of the
agency's occupational groups.  BLS projections also show that nearly 60
percent of senior executives and senior technical staff workers will qualify
for retirement by 2005.  The top white-collar grades could lose a third
(GS-14) to a half (GS-15) 

BLS Daily Report

2001-02-06 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 6, 2001

The Labor Department estimates that up to 19 million Americans now work on
line from home or some other location outside the office.  The typical
"teleworker" is a 34 to 55-year-old male, usually in a high-tech,
engineering, marketing or professional position.  They benefit from easier
commutes and greater job satisfaction, says Labor in a recent report.
Employers see increased retention, reduced absenteeism and lower office
overhead.  More studies will be conducted for the Labor Department to
promote the practice ("Work Week" feature of The Wall Street Journal, page
1).

The National Association of Purchasing Management says growth in the
nonmanufacturing sector slowed markedly in January, falling to its lowest
level since July 1997.  The industries that reported the highest rates of
growth in January were health services, public administration, mining, real
estate, finance and banking, and utilities. The industries with the highest
job growth in January were legal services, insurance, utilities, health
services, and finance and banking. Prices paid by nonmanufacturers for
purchased materials and services increased in January for the 23rd month in
a row, and, at 62 percent, rose at a higher rate than in December at 58
percent.  This was the highest rise in one month since last February, but
the prices index remains "well below" the high point of 72 percent reached
in March 2000 (Daily Labor Report, page A7).

A number of middle-income Americans are digging deep to pay for their
housing, according to a graph in The Washington Post (page E2).  Households
earning 30-50 percent of the median income that spent more than 50 percent
of their income on housing showed an increase of 1.57 percent between 1997
and 1999.  Households that earned 50 to 80 percent of the median income that
spent more than 50 percent of their income on housing showed a 22 percent
increase and households that earned 80-120 percent of the median income and
spent more than 50 percent on housing showed a 74 percent increase between
1997 and 1999. The median income depends upon where one lives.  According to
the latest census data, the median income for Washington, D.C. is $59,424 in
1998.  The article quotes the Mortgage Bankers Association of America, the
National Housing Conference, and the Department of Housing and Urban
Development.

As if a slowing economy, mounting layoffs and depressed stock markets
weren't enough, middle-income Americans now face another big problem:  a
shortage of affordable housing, says The Wall Street Journal (page A2).  It
quotes a study by the Mortgage Bankers Association of America and the
National Housing Conference, a nonprofit affordable-housing advocacy
organization based in Washington, D.C.  According to the study, the number
of families that make between 80 and 120 percent of their area median income
and suffer from "critical housing needs" rose 74 percent to 691,000 between
1997 and 1999. Families with "critical housing needs" pay more than half
their household income for housing or live in "severely inadequate housing"
as defined by the Department of Housing and Urban Development, meaning they
lack flushable toilets, hot water or other amenities.  Of those families,
about 437,000 owned their homes, while about 254,000 were renters; the
problem appears to be growing more quickly for renters, the study said. 

Problems in retailing are indicated by The New York Times (page C1), which
reports changes in consumer spending that are bringing about cutbacks and
consolidations. Consumer confidence in the nation's near-term economic
health has plummeted to its lowest point since 1993, the Conference Board
reported last week.  Retailing is always among the first to feel the effects
of a consumer pullback in lower sales and profits.  Retailers are also being
hurt by their own over-enthusiasm.  During the boom of the second half of
the 1990's, retail companies expanded operations at a brisk, some say
suicidal, pace.

Surging natural gas prices in the Western United States are boosting utility
bills by 60 percent or more and forcing some energy-intensive industries to
curtail or even shut down production.  But a surprisingly optimistic new
analysis by the San Francisco Federal Reserve Bank concludes that the run-up
in prices won't have a significant impact on the region's economic growth
rate.  The reason:  Expenditures on natural gas account for only 1 percent
of the West's total economic output an the natural gas wholesale market,
deregulated for a decade,  has shown itself able to respond to price signals
caused by supply demand imbalances and to bring more supply into the market
(The Wall Street Journal, page A2).

Laid-off workers find a job search no longer a cinch, says The Wall Street
Journal (page B1).  Skilled professionals are able to land okay, but for
blue-collar workers jobs are elusive, lower 

BLS Daily Report

2001-02-02 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 2, 2001:

 Released Today:  "The Employment Situation:  January 2001" indicates that
 unemployment increased in January, and payroll employment rose by 268,000.
 Construction employment increased by 145,000, after seasonal adjustment,
 as unusual weather patterns over the last 3 months contributed to
 extremely high layoffs in January.  Manufacturing experienced another
 sizable employment decline over the month.  Average hourly earnings were
 unchanged. The number of unemployed rose by about 300,000 to nearly 6.0
 million, pushing the unemployment rate from 4.0 to 4.2 percent. 
 
 The number of mass layoffs and the number of workers affected increased
 sharply in December, according to figures from the Bureau of Labor
 Statistics.There were 2,677 mass layoff events during December, resulting
 in initial unemployment insurance claims filed by 326,743 persons, BLS
 said.  Last December's total was higher than in the prior 4 years, in part
 because of a calendar effect, the agency said.  December 2000 contained 5
 weeks that ended during the month, compared with 4 weeks in each of the
 prior four Decembers (Daily Labor Report, page D-9).
 
 __California, birthplace of the high technology boom that helped carry the
 nation's economy to new heights, is also setting the national standard for
 layoffs.  But the Midwest, bogged down in a manufacturing slowdown, is
 catching up quickly.  These are among the highlights of a report released
 yesterday by the Bureau of Labor Statistics on so-called mass layoffs,
 where companies terminate 50 or more employees at once, and the employees
 file for unemployment insurance. The report indicated while mass layoffs
 started 2000 little changed from a year earlier, layoffs rose 54% for the
 fourth quarter from a year earlier as a slowing economy prompted big
 companies to make sharp cuts in their work forces Because BLS measures
 only mass layoffs, which for the most part involve large companies, the
 report captures just a subset of the U.S. labor market.  But economists
 say that mass-layoff data are nevertheless a valuable indicator (The Wall
 Street Journal, page A2).
 
 New claims filed with state agencies for unemployment insurance benefits
 rose a modest 32,000 to a total of 346,000 for the week ended January 27,
 the Employment and Training Administration says (Daily Labor Report, page
 D-7
 
 Total personal income rose by a modest 0.4 percent in December, despite a
 slowdown in the growth of U.S. workers' wages and salaries, the Bureau of
 Economic Analysis says. The pace of consumer spending stayed the same in
 December, as it had been in the prior 2 months -- showing a 0.3 percent
 gain.  However, the type of spending was different in December, with
 outlays rising mainly in utilities where costs have risen sharply this
 winter (Daily Labor Report, page D-1).
 
 The National Association of Purchasing Manager's report on manufacturing
 activity declares an end to the longst period of economic expansion in the
 history of the United States. NAPM said data from its survey of 350
 purchasing managers across the country showed that the overall economy
 failed to grow during January for the first time in 117 months.
 Manufacturing activity also failed to grow for the sixth consecutive month
 in January as the purchasing managers index fell 3.1 percentage points to
 41.2 percent, NAPM said. The chairman of NAPM's Business Survey Committee
 said a PMI in excess of 42.7 percent over a perod of time generally
 indicates an expansion of the overall economy, while a PMI in excess of 50
 percent generally indicates expansion in the manufacturing sector
 During January alone, several major companies have announced cutbacks
 adding up to more than 80,000 job eliminations  Purchasing managers also
 reported a noticeable acceleration in prices, NAPM said (Daily Labor
 Report, page A-1).
 
 Fresh evidence emerged yesterday that continuing weakness in the
 manufacturing sector may have finally brought an end to the record-long
 expansion of the U.S. economy.  For the sixth month running, factory
 production continued to shrink in January, even as inventory continued to
 build up in warehouses and the pace of new orders declined, the National
 Association of Purchasing Management reported.  The Labor Department
 reported that initial claims for unemployment insurance rose by 32,000, to
 345,000, last week, an increase in a series known to fluctuate widely from
 week to week.  On a somewhat brighter note the Commerce Department
 reported construction activity grew 0.6 percent in December, largely on
 the basis of modest increases in building of new schools and office
 buildings.  Construction of new homes increased 1.1 percent, while home
 renovations declined 3.0 percent.  Finally, the government reported that
 spending on autos and other high-ticket items fell 1.9 percent in
 December, despite a 0.4 percent increase in after-

BLS Daily Report

2001-02-01 Thread Richardson_D

 BLS DAILY REPORT, THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 1, 2001
 
 RELEASED TODAY: In December 2000, there were 2,677 mass layoff actions by
 employers as measured by new filings for unemployment insurance benefits
 during the month.  Each action involved at least 50 persons from a single
 establishment; the number of workers involved totaled 326,743.  The number
 of layoff events and initial claims for unemployment insurance were the
 highest for the month of December since the series began in 1995; part of
 the increase was due to a calendar effect, since December 2000 contained 5
 weeks that ended in the month compared with 4 weeks in each of the prior
 four Decembers. The total of layoff events for all of 2000, at 15,738, and
 the total number of initial claimants, at 1,835,592, were higher than in
 1999 (14,909 and 1,572,399, respectively). 
 
 The Federal Reserve Board cuts short-term interest rate targets another 50
 basis points, and economists say another half point reduction is likely by
 mid-March if not before (Daily Labor Report, page A-8; The Washington
 Post, page 1; The New York Times, page 1; The Wall Street Journal, page
 1).
 
 Real gross domestic product growth decelerated to 1.4 percent for the
 fourth quarter of 2000, reaching its slowest rate of growth since the
 second quarter of 1995, the Commerce Department reports.  Analysts had
 been expecting the GDP to grow about 2 percent, but sharper than expected
 cutbacks in capital spending weakened the overall growth.  For all of
 2000, real GDP grew by 5.0 percent.  As economists try to gauge the
 severity of the economic slowdown, many of them are counting on
 productivity gains, which have been robust since 1995, to continue playing
 a critical role in holding down inflation.  If much of the recent
 productivity gain is liked to business spending on information technology,
 as a recent Federal Reserve study suggests, the outlook for technology
 investment is key to prospects for productivity this year. The most recent
 productivity figures compiled by the Bureau of Labor Statistics show that
 labor productivity -- output per hour worked -- rose 3.3 percent in the
 third quarter 2000 after jumping 6.1 percent in the second quarter.
 Despite the fact that hourly compensation accelerated to a 6.3 percent
 rise in the third quarter, the productivity gain kept unit labor costs to
 a 2.9 percent advance.  Fourth quarter productivity data are scheduled for
 release February 7 (Daily Labor Report, pages D-1; D-10; The New York
 Times, page 1).
 
 The United States economy grew at its slowest rate in more than 5 years
 during the final quarter of 2000, as businesses abruptly cut their
 spending on new equipment, the government said yesterday.  The Commerce
 Department's quarterly report depicted the $10.1 trillion United States
 economy verging on a slowdown or a recession.  Growth remained faster than
 it had been in the first half of 1995, when the country avoided a
 recession and the economy than entered one of the best 5-year periods in
 history.  But over the final 3 months of 2000, personal consumption was
 the only part of the private sector that expanded, and in the early weeks
 of this year consumer confidence has plummeted, according to two major
 surveys (The New York Times, page C1).
 
 Sales of new homes actually rose 13.4 percent in December, more than
 reversing a drop during the previous month, the Commerce Department
 reports (The New York Times, page C6; The Wall Street Journal, page A8).
 
 The Purchasing Management Association of Chicago says that manufacturing
 activity in the Chicago area had fallen this month to its lowest level in
 18 years (The New York Times, page C6).
 
 The American economy has hit a snag, no doubt about it, but that has not
 deterred the nation's most influential economic forecaster, the
 Congressional Budget Office, from issuing a much more promising projection
 of the economy over the next decade than it had offered in the past.  "The
 dip in the economy is expected to be short-lived," Barry R. Anderson,
 deputy director of the budget office, told Congress today.  At the same
 time, Anderson said, the office's professional forecasters believe the
 economy will grow faster over the next 10 years than they had previously
 thought because they now expect greater growth in worker productivity and
 business investment.  The forecast was that  the economy would grow 2.4
 percent in this calendar year and that lower interest rates would cause it
 to rebound to 3.4 percent next year.  Then the growth rate is expected to
 level off at an average of 3.1 percent through 2011. That average is
 three-tenths of a percentage point higher than the long-range average
 expected just last July.  The budget office has been making 10-year
 forecasts only since 1992, so their accuracy cannot be assessed.
 Productivity is a measurement of the efficiency of workers.  From 1974
 until the mid-1990's, productivity grew an aver

BLS Daily Report

2001-01-31 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, TUESDAY, JANUARY 30, 2001

In 1995, the Bureau of Labor Statistics predicted that 5 of the 10 fastest
growing occupations over the coming decade -- including 2 of the top 3 --
would be in health care.  The bureau recently revised those projections for
the years 1998 to 2008, and health care has dropped out of the top five.
Now every one of the five fastest growing jobs will be computer related, the
bureau says, from computer engineers (No. 1) to desktop publishing
specialists (No. 5).  Mike Pilot, an economist in the bureau's Office of
Employment Projections, says the explosive growth of the Internet, which was
barely a blip on the employment radar screen back in the mid-90s, was a
significant factor in reshaping the top 10.  Part of the change has to do
with the increasing number of computer-related job classifications, another
consequence of the growth of the industry.  For example, computer support
specialists and database administrators, No. 2 and No. 4, respectively, were
not tracked separately in 1994.  Health care will remain a growth industry.
Retail service occupations like sales clerks and cashiers, already among the
largest job categories, will also grow strongly. ...  Included with the
article is a half page of tables showing the fastest growing occupations,
those gaining the most workers, those declining the fastest, those losing
the most workers. The fastest growing occupations, by states, are also
shown. (Dylan Loeb McClain in New York Times, page E9).

Total private average weekly hours worked in December, at 34.1, was the
lowest since January 1996, according to seasonally adjusted data from the
Bureau of Labor Statistics (The Wall Street Journal's "Work Week" column,
page 1).

First came falling stock prices.  Then a dramatic slowdown in business
profits and investment.  And now come the layoffs, says Steven Pearlstein in
The Washington Post (page A1).  Yesterday it was two more blue-chip US
manufacturers:  payroll reductions of 26,000 at DaimlerChrysler and 4,000 at
Xerox. That followed last week's announcement of thousands more from Lucent,
WorldCom, Sara Lee, J.C. Penney, and the new AOL Time Warner.  General
Motors, Ford, Aetna, Motorola, Gillette, Gateway, and Chase Manhattan have
also announced cuts.  Even General Electric Co., long considered the world's
best-managed company, warned last month that it could eliminate as many as
60,000 positions this year as it closes down its long-troubled Montgomery
Ward stores, completes its merger with Honeywell, and adjusts to the slowing
economy. ...  Economists warn that the numbers should be viewed in context.
In most instances, much of the reductions are spread over months and even
years and handled through early retirements and attrition.  And even
laid-off workers are apt to receive continuing income support or severance
payments.  Furthermore, in an economy of 135 million workers where 275,000
Americans each week lose their jobs involuntarily, even a couple of months
of 150,000 layoffs will add only 0.2 percentage points to an unemployment
rate that still hovers around its lowest point in a generation. ...
Overall, forecasters now predict that, as a result of layoffs, hiring
freezes, and a slowdown in hiring, the unemployment rate will hit 4.5
percent or 5 percent by the end of this year, up from the current 4 percent.
In statistical terms, that would still be relatively low by historical
standards.  In human terms, that would mean 500,000 to 1 million more
Americans without jobs.  

Internet firms announced plans to lay off a record 12,828 workers in
January, as more dot-com businesses are under pressure to improve
performance, according to a report from outplacement firm Challenger, Gray 
Christmas.  Internet technology-related firms say they plan to cut 3,132
jobs in January, and firms providing professional services to Internet firms
say they would cut 2,652 jobs during the month. Challenger said that
although many of the first Internet firms to report job cuts were retailing
firms, recent data suggest that businesses designed to build and maintain
the technological elements of the Internet also are beginning to feel the
effects of the slowdown. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-2).

Economic growth has ground nearly to a halt, Federal Reserve Chairman Alan
Greenspan said last week.  The 2000 holiday shopping season was the weakest
in a decade.  Announcements of layoffs reached their highest level last
month in at least 7 years, according to Challenger, Gray  Christmas, a job
placement firm in Chicago.  Amid all the grimness, the December unemployment
rate sat at 4 percent, only a tenth of a percentage point above its lowest
level in 30 years.  For now, while the jobless rate holds steady, the
workweek is shrinking more quickly than it did at the start of the 1990-91
recession. ...  In part, the apparent contradiction reflects nothing more
than timing.  The low unemployment rate gives a picture of where t

BLS Daily Report

2001-01-31 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 31, 2001

RELEASED TODAY:  "Metropolitan Area Employment and Unemployment:  December
2000" indicates that in December, 215 metropolitan areas recorded
unemployment rates below the U.S. average (3.7 percent, not seasonally
adjusted), while 106 areas registered higher rates.  Forty-three
metropolitan areas had rates below 2.0 percent, with 14 of these located in
New England, 13 in the Midwest, 11 in the South, and 5 in the West.  Of the
nine metropolitan areas with jobless rates over 10.0 percent, seven were in
West Coast states and two were along the Mexican border in other states.

Consumer confidence dropped 14.2 points -- its sharpest decline since
January 1991 -- to a 4-year low of 114.4 in January as anxiety about the
near-term outlook for the labor market grew, the Conference Board reports.
Its index measuring consumer confidence about present economic conditions
slipped 5.6 percentage points to 170.5, but its index measuring expectations
for the next 6 months plummeted nearly 20 percentage points to 77.0 (Daily
Labor Report, page A-2).

Federal Reserve Chairman Alan Greenspan made it clear last week that he is
seriously concerned that the U.S. economy could slide into a recession if
consumers react badly to reports of weak stock prices, manufacturing
cutbacks and layoffs.  But yesterday the Conference Board reported that its
widely watched index of consumer confidence plunged to 114.4 this month --
its lowest level in more than 4 years -- from 128.6 in December.  It was the
fourth consecutive monthly decline (The Washington Post, page E1).

As the Federal Reserve opened a 2-day meeting yesterday to set interest
rates, a closely watched consumer survey reported that people's confidence
in the nation's economic health had taken its biggest single-month plunge
since late 1990, when the last recession was under way.  Americans remain
relatively upbeat about current business and employment conditions, but
their expectations for the next 6 months have dropped to the lowest point
since 1993.  Since May, those expectations have fallen from near their
all-time high to a level far below average, according to the Conference
Board, a business research concern in New York that conducts the survey. The
gap between people's attitude about the current climate and their
expectations for the future is now wider than it has ever been in the 34
years of the poll.  Economists blamed the dismal outlook among consumers on
the steep drop in the stock market late last year and a recent wave of
layoff plans announced by major corporations even though the unemployment
rate remains at a three-decade low (The New York Times, page A1).

A plunge in consumer confidence has cemented expectations that the Federal
Reserve will cut rates half a percentage point today, and sparked hopes by
some it might even go further.  When Mr. Greenspan testified last week, he
emphasized the important of consumer confidence in determining whether the
economic slowdown will become a recession (The Wall Street Journal, page
A2).

While the year-over-year growth rate for the nation's manufacturing wages
fell only slightly in December, compared with a month earlier, the slowdown
in the Great Lakes was much sharper. Some of that five-state region's
industries, including chemicals and auto making, are in "full retreat with
recession-like conditions," says Mark Zandi, chief economist for
Economy.com, a West Chester, Pa., economic-consulting firm. The woes of
these industries and others, including apparel, helped reduce wage gains in
the Southeast and Mid-Atlantic. In the Southwest, weak demand for
semiconductors gets the blame; the industry accounts for one out of five
manufacturing jobs in Arizona. The strong wage gains in the Rocky Mountain
and Great Plains states reflected in part weak year-earlier wages when
Asia-led global economic ills socked the areas. Those regions, as well as
New England and the Far West, probably will see smaller gains later this
year, partly because their tech-sector manufacturers are struggling. (Wall
Street Journal, page B16).

Some enterprising employees exchange the cubicle life for pools in exotic
places, says The Wall Street Journal..  In the United States last year, an
estimated 24 million people regularly or occasionally telecommuted,
according to the International Telework Association and Council, a
Washington, D.C. nonprofit group that promotes telecommuting.  This is up 21
percent from the year before.  In Europe, estimates have the figure at about
10 million for the past 2 years.  And in 16 Asia-Pacific countries, at least
3.3 million workers telecommute at least one day a month, up 27 percent from
a year earlier, according to consultants at Jala International, Inc., in Los
Angeles (The Wall Street Journal, page B1).

Low-wage workers are twice as likely to become unemployed as higher-wage
workers, but are only half as likely to be eligible to receiv

BLS Daily Report

2001-01-30 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, MONDAY, JANUARY 29, 2001

During the economic boom times of the 1990s, the private service-producing
sector accounted for 90 percent of all job growth and boosted its share of
total employment to about 80 percent, according to an analysis by the Bureau
of Labor Statistics.  At the same time that service industries -- especially
those related to high-tech fields -- prospered, the manufacturing sector
continued its employment decline. ...  "Rapid technological transformation
helped prolong the longest economic expansion on record and helped create a
substantial number of employment opportunities in services," BLS economists
Julie Hatch and Angela Clinton wrote in the December issue of BLS's Monthly
Labor Review.  Payroll employment outside of agriculture expanded by nearly
21 million workers or by 19.4 percent during the 1990s, BLS data show. ...
(Daily Labor Report, page A8; reprint, page E-1).

The Wall Street Journal's feature "Tracking the Economy" (page A10) shows
the Thomson Global Forecast as predicting that the unemployment rate for
January, to be released Friday, as 4.1 percent, in comparison with the
December figure of 4.0 percent.

Orders for durable goods rose 2.2 percent in December, boosted by a 14.6
percent surge in orders for airplanes and other transportation products.
But orders for industrial machinery and metal products were down, as were
shipments (Washington Post, Jan. 27, page E2; New York Times, Jan. 27, page
B2)_As the Federal Reserve prepares for this week's meeting of its
interest rate setting committee, the latest durable goods report offers a
sobering reminder of the doleful state of the nation's manufacturing sector.
A surge of commercial jet orders pulled overall durable goods orders up last
month, but that disguised a much broader decline. ...  (Wall Street Journal,
page A2).

For an economy struggling with a drop in factory orders, sagging consumer
confidence, high energy prices, and a tattered stock market, the climate is
adding another hurdle:  an extra-cold winter nationwide.  Unusually cold
weather and winter storms halt construction, keep workers and shoppers at
home rather than at their jobs or in stores, and disrupt shipping of goods.
In numerous ways, the weather affects consumption and production -- in other
words, both halves of the economy.  Housing starts, for example, were up a
slender 0.3 percent in December, compared with December 1999, despite the
fact that last month's mortgage rates were nearly a full percentage point
lower. ...  (Wall Street Journal, page A2).

Two arms of the National Academy of Sciences -- the National Research
Council and the Institute of Medicine -- found that, when teenagers work
more than 20 hours a week, it often leads to lower grades, higher alcohol
use, and too little time with their parents and families.  Influenced by
such studies, lawmakers in Connecticut, Massachusetts, Alabama, and other
states have pushed in recent years to tighten laws regulating how many hours
teenagers can work and how late they can work. ...  A newly released study
by the Department of Labor shows that 58 percent of American 16-year-olds
hold jobs sometime during the school year, not including informal work like
baby-sitting, while another study shows that on-third of high-school juniors
work 20 or more hours each week. ...  A new study by the International Labor
Organization showed that American teenagers work far more than teenagers in
most other countries. ...  (New York Times, page A1).

Contracting grows in popularity as an option for out-of-work techies, says
The Washington Post (Jan. 28, page L1).  "I have not seen any evidence that
it's harder for a contractor to get work now than before," says the author
of "The Contract Employee's Handbook," described as an idiosyncratic guide
to project work.  "Now they're being picked up by companies with more
conservative business plans."  Supporters say contracting provides the
freedom to work at home, or at least to change your environment every few
months -- a welcome switch for techies who are easily bored or leery of
office politics.  It also gives a person exposure to different technologies
and management styles. ...  Plus, for workers with top-line skills, billing
by the hour can be more lucrative than a regular full-time job, according to
a salary survey released last year by Dice.com, a Web site that tracks
technology pay and posts full-time and contract jobs.  But, those who have
taken the leap warn that freelancing has its own faults.  It seems to work
best for people with a commend of the newest programming languages and a
tolerance for long hours. ...  


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2001-01-29 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, FRIDAY, JANUARY 26, 2001

__Compensation costs of private industry employers moderated somewhat in the
fourth quarter of last year, but total pay rose 4.4 percent for all of
2000-- more than it has since 1991--according to BLS.  Analysts were pleased
with the slight easing of pay pressures at the end of last year, as the
employment cost index showed a 0.7 percent increase for private industry
employers.  That increase was down from a 1.0 percent advance in the third
quarter.  However, the trend over the course of last year was one of
acceleration, a development that prompted some economists to suggest that
the Federal Reserve may find itself constrained as it tries to support a
weakened economy by lowering interest rates further. ...  (Pam Ginsbach in
Daily Labor Report, page D-1).
__Wage and benefit costs remained contained in the last quarter, good news
for inflation watchers.  Meanwhile, a jump in unemployment claims in
California could portend weakness in the country's largest state.  The
employment cost index for the fourth quarter of 2000 rose 0.8 percent on a
seasonally adjusted basis.  That was down from a 0.9 percent increase in the
third quarter and below consensus expectations of a 1.1 percent rise.  It
marked the third-straight deceleration in the ECI, a broad survey of labor
costs that measures wages and benefits, since it jumped 1.4 percent in the
first quarter of 2000.  Overall, Americans' wages and benefits grew by 4.1
percent for the year, the biggest increase since a 4.3 percent rise in 1991.
Inflation rose more slowly, meaning workers saw real gains in compensation
relative to the cost of living. ...  (Nicholas Kulish in Wall Street
Journal, page A2).
The wages and benefits of United States workers rose solidly in the fourth
quarter, wrapping up a year that posted the biggest annual gain in
compensation costs since 1991.  The employment cost index, a closely watched
gauge of inflation, rose a seasonally adjusted 0.8 percent in the last three
months of 2000, down from a 0.9 percent rise in the third quarter.  That
reflected a job market that cooled late in the year from a red-hot pace. ...
(AP story in New York Times, page C4).

Labor Department tells Congress the best means of improving the gathering of
federal prevailing wage and benefit data for construction workers under the
Davis-Bacon Act is to apply new technologies and processes to the existing
survey program rather than rely on BLS data as the primary basis for wage
determinations. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-12).

Initial claims for unemployment insurance benefits filed with state agencies
increased by 12,000 to a seasonally adjusted 316,000 in the week ended Jan.
20, the Labor Department's Employment and Training Administration announced.
The four-week moving average decreased 13,750 from the previous week's
revised average.  Economic analysts use the four-week moving average as a
more accurate measure because it smoothes out data subject to weekly
fluctuations. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-15).

The U.S. housing market, which helped buoy a sagging economy earlier this
winter, took it on the chin in December as home sales tumbled.  Sales of
existing homes fell 7.4 percent in December, 5.3 percent below the pace in
December 1999. ...  For the full year, home sales were down 3.2 percent from
1999, which was a record year for home sales. ...  (Wall Street Journal,
page A2).

The Conference Board reports that the volume of help-wanted advertising in
major newspapers grew in five out of nine U.S. regions, boosting the
help-wanted advertising index 4 points in December. ...  (Daily Labor
Report, page A-3).

Temporary employment is gaining momentum in all regions and industries
across California, according to the first in a three-part series of reports
by California's Center on Policy initiatives. ...  The number of temporary
jobs more than doubled from 1991 to 1998, from 156,000 jobs to 334,000 jobs,
while the total number of permanent jobs in the same region climbed by only
10 percent, according to the study. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-9).

A survey conducted by Watson Wyatt Worldwide, the Washington Business Group
on Health, and the Healthcare Financial Management Association predicts a
10.3 percent increase in employers' health care costs and a 14.6 percent
rise in prescription drug costs in 2001. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page
A-13).

Senate Majority Leader Lott will bring the nomination of Elaine Chao as
secretary of labor before the full Senate on Jan. 30. ...  (Daily Labor
Report, page A-13).


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2001-01-29 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, THURSDAY, JANUARY 25, 2001

RELEASED TODAY:  The Employment Cost Index (not seasonally adjusted) for
December 2000 was 150.6 (June 1989=100), an increase of 4.1 percent from
December 1999.  The Employment Cost Index (ECI) measures changes in
compensation costs, which include wages, salaries, and employer costs for
employee benefits.  On a seasonally adjusted basis, the 3-month increase in
compensation costs for civilian workers was 0.8 percent during the
September-December 2000 period, following a gain of 0.9 percent in
June-September 2000. ...

Reflecting the overall economic slowdown, personal income grew by 1.3
percent in the third quarter after rising by 1.7 percent in the first half
of 2000, according to new figures by the Commerce Department's Bureau of
Economic Analysis.  Slower job growth contributes to the more modest income
gain. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-1).

While many recent government reports and private surveys show a slowdown,
top bank economists predict that the U.S. economy will avoid recession this
year, according to forecasts presented by the American Bankers Association's
economic advisory committee. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-8).

Signals are mixed on spending; open wallets may block recession. ...  Never
mind that corporate profits are falling or that high-tech stock options are
under water, that business investment has been slashed and the output of the
nation's factories is now declining.  After some hesitation late last year,
American consumers are showing signs of spending again, providing a crucial
last line of defense against economic recession. ...  At this point, most
analysts acknowledge it's simply not possible to predict whether the economy
is heading toward recession.  The leading economists on Wall Street say the
likelihood of a mild recession this year is somewhere between 40 percent and
50 percent -- which is nothing more than equivocation dressed in statistical
clothing. ...  (Washington Post, page A1).

With one-third of the world's work force unemployed or underemployed, at
least 500 million new jobs will be needed over the next 10 years to
accommodate new arrivals in the job market and help reduce global
unemployment by half, the International Labor Office, headquarters of the
International Labor Organization, a United Nations affiliate, says in a
report.  It points out that sweeping advances in information technology and
communications offer the most promising solution for creating work.  Still,
its World Employment Report 2001 warns that "the global employment situation
remains deeply flawed" because inequalities in access to technology and
education are leaving many developing countries behind the industrialized
world. ...  (New York Times, page A13).

The number of nannies in the United States has gone up 25 percent in 5
years, to more than a million, according to estimates by the International
Nanny Association, a 16-year-old group.  But there's still a nanny gap.  The
result is fierce competition among moms who want on-call care -- and are
willing to pay top dollar -- and a demanding new work force. ...  (New York
Times, page D1).

From talk show hosts to Wall Street traders, many Americans believe that
Alan Greenspan, the Federal Reserve chairman, almost single-handedly
controls the U.S. economy.  But the roots of stable expansion date to 1984,
says Virginia Postrel, editor at large of Reason Magazine, in "Economic
Scene" (New York Times, page C2). ...  As companies have incorporated new
technologies that have given them greater control over production and
inventories, volatility in the economy has moderated, says an article in the
December issue of The American Economic Review by two economists from the
Federal Reserve Bank of New York and one from the European Central Bank. ...
(A nontechnical article is at www.ny.frb.org/rmaghome/curr_iss/ci5-13.html)



 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2001-01-25 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 24, 2001

Responding to growing interest in various stock plans offered as employee
benefits, the Bureau of Labor Statistics incorporates questions on the
incidence of stock options into its annual benefits survey, as it continues
exploring options for measuring the cost of such plans to employers, Bureau
of Labor Statistics economist William Wiatrowski says.  The agency plans
further research into how it can collect cost information from employers on
stock options as a follow-up to last fall's report on the prevalence of such
plans. ...  "After a method for calculating the cost of a stock option is
determined, BLS must ascertain that such data will be available from
employers and that the data can be updated periodically," Wiatrowski writes
in an article published in the agency's Compensation and Working Conditions.
...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-6; reprint of article, page E-1).

After the slowest holiday shopping season in a decade, Americans seem to
have cautiously reopened their wallets in the early weeks of 2001, spending
more than either executives or analysts had predicted. ...  Despite the
slights of improvement, there is little doubt that spending has slowed since
the middle of last year.  January sales, of course, are now exceeding goals
that were sharply lowered in the final months of 2000, as energy costs rose,
most stocks fell, and the economy soared.  But the raft of mildly
encouraging consumer data suggests the economy has not entered a free fall.
The numbers also add weight to the argument -- still being made by a
majority of economists -- that the United States is more likely than not to
avoid a recession this year.  Corporate profits may decline and investment
spending flatten out, but a tight labor market and falling interest rates
should keep consumers flush enough to extend the decade-long expansion,
these economists say. ...  (New York Times, page C1).

Henry Solano, most recently solicitor of labor, is acting as head of the
Labor Department, apparently until such time as the Senate confirms
President Bush's choice for the post.  Elaine Chao, the labor
secretary-designee, goes before the Senate Health, Education, Labor, and
Pensions Committee Jan. 24 for her confirmation hearing.  Chao, a former
chief executive officer of United Way of America and wife of Sen. Mitch
McConnell (R-Ky.), is expected to be confirmed. ...  (Daily Labor Report,
page A-1).

DUE OUT TOMORROW:  Employment Cost Index -- December 2000


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2001-01-25 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, MONDAY, JANUARY 22, 2001

__Overall union membership fell last year, says the Bureau of Labor
Statistics, but unions gained among black female workers.  Their union
membership rose to 15.4 percent from 14.4 percent in 1999 (Wall Street
Journal's "Work Week" feature, page A1). 
__The percentage of American workers belonging to unions fell last year to
13.5 percent, its lowest point in 6 decades.  In releasing its survey of
union membership last week, the Bureau of Labor Statistics also found that
the number of union members declined by 200,000 last year to 16.3 million, a
discouraging development for the labor movement at a time it is straining to
reverse the decline.  Economists offered several explanations for the
decline, including retirements by union members, layoffs of many unionized
workers because of foreign competition, and the failure of unions to
organize enough additional members to offset such losses. ...  (New York
Times, Jan. 21, page 18).

Payroll employment, contends economist Ed Hyman of ISI Group, investment
advisers, is probably a lot weaker than reported.  That's because BLS adds a
"plug factor" -- an estimate of those hired by new businesses that aren't
yet in its data base, to the job numbers derived from its survey of
employers.  Since this estimate is based on past history (in this case, the
hefty final readings for last year), it tends to exaggerate job gains when
the economy enters a slowdown.  To buttress his claim, Hyman points out that
employment based on the Labor Department's other survey, its canvass of
households, has hardly changed since April, while unemployment insurance
claims have surged higher.  The plug factor has added an average 162,000
jobs to the monthly payroll count since April, converting what would have
been an average decline of 70,000 in private sector jobs into an average
reported monthly gain of 92,000.  By comparison, private sector payrolls
over-the-prior 8 months posted an average monthly increase of 238,000. ...
(Business Week, Jan. 22, page 30).

Softening confidence in the economy and the resulting weakness in demand for
manufactured goods led the index of leading economic indicators down about
0.6 percent in December, according to a report by the Conference Board.
While the decline may be misconstrued as evidence of a sharp downturn in the
economy, a Conference Board economist said much of the slide was the result
of a reconfiguring of the index to place greater emphasis on the
month-to-month changes. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-1)_The index of
leading economic indicators fell for a third consecutive month in December,
indicating that further interest rate cuts may come in the near future.  The
December report also reflects annual benchmark revisions going back to 1959.
...  (New York Times, page C13)_Although the rule of thumb is that three
consecutive declines in the index of leading indicators signal the economy
is sinking into a recession, the Conference Board said the numbers remained
above the level that indicates the economy is contracting. ...  (Wall Street
Journal, page A9).

Only 15 percent of 645 employers surveyed plan job cuts this year, compared
with 14 percent in a similar survey last year, says consulting firm William
M. Mercer Inc., New York.  Plans for pay increases also are similar to last
year's, the survey shows (Wall Street Journal, "Work Week" column, page A1).

Small employers are losing their ability to attract and retain employees
coming from large businesses because of the instability of the stock market
and pressure from higher energy and health benefits costs, according to a
report by Challenger, Gray  Christmas.  Many dot-com firms are now
struggling to stay in business and employees who received stock options are
now finding them worthless, Challenger said. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page
A-5).

Employers concerned about an economic downturn are starting to take away the
perks long showered on workers, says USA Today (page 4B).  Say goodbye to
signing bonuses, office back rubs, and free gourmet lunches.  Some perks are
expected to remain around as long as the labor market stays tight, but the
cutbacks that have arrived are a marked shift from the profligate spending
of just a few months ago. 

Finding enough substitute teachers to fill classrooms has become a daily
struggle for many school administrators. Some school districts are raising
pay for substitutes -- which can often be as low as $50 a day -- and
lowering the requirements.  Substitutes can have as little as 30 hours of
any type of college credit.  Even then, some districts regularly resort to
breaking apart classes and jamming students in with others that do have
teachers.  Some districts are using office staff to baby-sit classrooms,
which would have been unthinkable a few years ago .  "Teacher absenteeism is
rising and the substitute pool is shrinking, so this is very much a crisis,&q

BLS Daily Report

2001-01-23 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, MONDAY, JANUARY 22, 2001

Regional and state unemployment rates were steady in December with all four
regions reporting little or no change and 43 states recording changes of
less than 0.3 percent, the Bureau of Labor Statistics reports. ...  (Daily
Labor Report, page D-8).

The Wall Street Journal's graph "Tracking the Economy" forecasts that the
Employment Cost Index for the Fourth Quarter, to be released Thursday, will
be up 1.1 percent, according to the Thomson Global Forecast.  The previous
quarter's increase was 0.9 percent. 

The U.S. trade deficit in goods and services narrowed 1.7 percent in
November, as imports declined more than exports, the Commerce Department
says.  This was the second month in a row that the deficit posted an
improvement. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-1)_The U.S. trade deficit
declined in November for a second consecutive  month.  Imports of oil, cars,
and computers fell.  The 2- month decline was the longest since May through
July 1997.  Many economists are predicting a slow improvement in the trade
deficit in 2001, as weaker U.S. economic growth translates into falling
demand for imported goods.  There is also hope that foreign economic growth
will pick up and boost U.S. exports and that the price of oil, a big part of
the import bill, will stabilize. ...  (Washington Post, Jan. 20, page E1;
New York Times, Jan. 20, page B3)_The U.S. trade deficit shrank in
November, reflecting a slowdown in the economy and offering further proof
that U.S. consumer demand is cooling off.  Indeed, consumer demand is
slowing globally.  U.S. imports had the biggest decline in a decade.  But
exports, for the third month in a row, slowed as well, indicating activity
overseas is drying up. ...  (Wall Street Journal, page A2).

A plunge in consumer confidence not only leads shoppers to be more cautious,
but also signals manufacturers to slow their assembly lines.  Ford Motor Co.
last month said it would scale back first-quarter North American production
to 1.05 million vehicles from the initial estimate of 1.16 million.  Even
the more optimistic first projection was down from the 1.27 million cars and
trucks produced in the first quarter last year.  A precipitous drop in the
University of Michigan's consumer-sentiment index in mid-December "moved us
from the edge of the radar screen to the bull's eye," said Ford's U.S. sales
analyst manager.  On Friday, the Michigan index dropped again, to a
preliminary January reading of 93.6 from 98.4 in December.  The decline
exceeded market expectations and marks the index's lowest level since the
Asian financial crisis of 1997-98.  In the past 2 months, the index has
fallen 14 points, the sharpest 2-month decline since the last recession. ...
(Wall Street Journal, page A4).

Gasoline consumption in the United States fell about 1 percent last year,
the first decline since 1991 and a rare phenomenon during an economic
expansion, the American Petroleum Institute said.  The institute, the oil
industry's main trade association, also said that demand for all oil
products was about the same in 2000 as in 1999, also unusual during boom
times.  Demand for jet fuel and truck fuel rose, offsetting the decline in
gasoline.  The decline in gasoline consumption apparently resulted from less
driving, because the number of vehicles continued to increase. ...  (New
York Times, Jan. 20, page B1).


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2001-01-22 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, FRIDAY, JANUARY 19, 2001

RELEASED TODAY:  Regional and state unemployment rates were stable in
December.  All four regions registered little or no change over the month,
and 43 states recorded shifts of 0.3 percentage point or less.  The national
jobless rate was unchanged at 4.0 percent.  Nonfarm employment increased in
32 states and the District of Columbia. ...

__The total number of union members declined slightly in 2000, and their
share of the workforce slipped to 13.5 percent, according to figures
released by the Bureau of Labor Statistics.  Total union membership declined
by 219,000 to 16.3 million last year, a relatively small decline following a
fairly small increase in 1999.  The share of wage and salary workers age 16
and over who belong to unions declined from 13.9 percent in 1999 to 13.5
percent in 2000. ...  Focusing on the longer-term pattern, the AFL-CIO says
the latest BLS figures show that "economic shifts in 2000 reduced the net
3-year gain in union membership to 150,000." ...  By its own count, the
federation says that at least 400,000 workers joined unions last year. ...
Weakness in the traditionally unionized manufacturing sector, where BLS
figures showed a loss of 180,000 jobs last year, was part of the reason for
declining union membership, the federation said. ...  (Pam Ginsbach in Daily
Labor Report, page D-16).
__Capping off a rough year for the nation's labor movement, the percentage
of the total work force belonging to a union plunged to a record low in
2000, as the number of union members also slid.  Union membership fell to
13.5 percent of the work force last year, the lowest level since data
collection began in 1983.  The rate had held steady n the two previous
years.  The labor movement continues to do far better in the public sector,
where layoffs are difficult to impose, than in the private sector, which is
starting to feel the sting of slower economic growth. ...  Traditional union
strongholds, such as manufacturing and transportation, have been shedding
jobs for years, and organized labor has had relatively little success
securing footholds among high-tech or temporary workers, two of the fastest
growing sectors of the labor force.  Both trends have been exacerbated by
the slowing economy, which has hammered areas where unions are strongest.
The manufacturing sector, for instance, shed 194,000 jobs in 2000, while the
apparel-making and auto sectors cut 45,000 positions each. ...  (Yochi J.
Dreazen in Wall Street Journal, page A2).

The median weekly earnings of most U.S. full-time wage and salary earners
climbed by 3.0 percent during 2000 without adjustment for inflation,
according to Bureau of Labor Statistics figures. But the gain was not enough
to keep up with inflation.  BLS said in real, or inflation-adjusted terms,
weekly pay declined by 0.4 percent between the fourth quarters of 1999 and
2000.  Consumer prices rose by 3.4 percent during the 12-month period, the
largest annual advance since 1990. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-3).

Initial claims for unemployment insurance benefits filed with state agencies
decreased by 37,000 to a seasonally adjusted 306,000 in the week ended Jan.
13, the Employment and Training Administration of the Department of Labor
reports.  The 4-week moving average was 350,000, a decrease of 12,250 claims
from the previous week's revised average.  Economic analysts use the 4-week
moving average as a more accurate measure because it smoothes out data
subject to weekly fluctuations. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-1).

Housing starts edged ahead unexpectedly 0.3 percent in December, buoyed by
an increase in single family construction, but building starts and permits
were down for the year, the Department of Commerce announced.  Analysts had
expected unseasonably cold weather, as well as snow and ice storms, to drive
housing starts down 3.5 percent in December. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page
D-12)_Residential construction edged up in December, with a surge in new
single-family home projects, but, for all of 2000, housing starts reached
their lowest level since 1997. ...  Analysts had been expecting a 3.3
percent decline in housing starts in December.  Building permits fell 6.6
percent in December, attributed in part to the cold weather over much of the
nation. ...  (New York Times, page C5)_Housing starts edged higher last
month, but falling applications for building permits suggested a quieter
future. ...  (Wall Street Journal, page A2).

For the past several months, America's homes have provided more than just
shelter from the winter storms; they have provided shelter from an economic
downturn, too.  Now economists are wondering if it is all going to change.
In most business cycles, the housing market is one of the first segments of
the economy to crash when business activity slows.  Although home sales did
fall last year -- economists estimate sales of new and pre-existing homes
reached 5.9 mil

BLS Daily Report

2001-01-19 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, THURSDAY, JANUARY 18, 2001

RELEASED TODAY:
  UNION MEMBERS IN 2000 -- The share of wage and salary workers who are
union members averaged 13.5 percent in 2000 as compared with 13.9 percent in
1999.  The number of union members, 16.3 million, also fell slightly from
its 1999 level.  The union membership rate has fallen from 20.1 percent in
1983, the first year for which comparable data are available.  Some
highlights from the 2000 data are:  Nearly 4 in 10 government workers were
union members, compared with less than 1 in 10 private sector employees;
protective service workers, a group that includes police officers and fire
fighters, had the highest unionization rate -- 39.4 percent; and blacks were
more likely than either whites or Hispanics to be union members. ...

  USUAL WEEKLY EARNINGS OF WAGE AND SALARY WORKERS;  FOURTH QUARTER 2000 --
Median weekly earnings of the nation's 99.8 million full-time wage and
salary workers were $585 in the fourth quarter of 2000.  This was 3.0
percent higher than a year earlier, compared with a gain of 3.4 percent in
the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers.  Data on usual earnings
are collected as part of the Current Population Survey, a nationwide sample
survey of households in which respondents are asked, among other things, how
much each wage and salary worker usually earns. ...

Prices paid for all urban consumers for goods and services rose 0.2 percent
in December and were up a seasonally adjusted 3.4 percent for the year, the
Bureau of Labor Statistics reports.  Although the 3.4 percent rise in the
CPI is the largest year-over-year increase since 1990, economists say most
of the increase resulted from the 14.2 percent rise in energy prices during
2000.  Excluding the volatile food and energy sectors, the CPI-U was up 0.1
percent for the month and 2.6 percent for the year.  Economists say the
"tame" inflation numbers may clear the way for the Federal Reserve Board's
Federal Open Market Committee to lower interest rates by another 50 basis
points to stimulate the economy. ...  (Brett Ferguson in Daily Labor Report,
page D-1).

Average weekly earnings adjusted for inflation fell 0.4 percent in December
as the number of hours worked declined for a second consecutive month, the
Bureau of Labor Statistics reports.  BLS says the average weekly hours of
production or nonsupervisory workers fell 0.6 percent in December after
declining 0.3 percent the previous month.  Analysts attributed part of the
decline to winter storms during the survey week, making the number of hours
appear to decline more sharply than they actually did. ...  (Daily Labor
Report, page D-18).

Slower economic growth in most parts of the country prompts businesses to
look cautiously toward the future, but so far labor demand and related pay
pressures remain strong, the Federal Reserve reports in its latest "beige
book," or summary of economic activities. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page
D-27).

Data released by the Federal Reserve show industrial production fell 0.6
percent in December, following 2 months of smaller declines as manufacturing
output fell sharply.  December's weakness was preceded by decreases of 0.3
percent in November and October.  That meant output contracted at an annual
rate of 1.1 percent in the fourth quarter, which the Fed said was the first
negative reading since 1991, when the economy was in recession. ...  (Daily
Labor Report, page D-22).

__Underscoring the recent weakness in the U.S. economy, the Federal Reserve
reported that the nation's industrial production fell, the first quarterly
drop since the beginning of 1991, when the economy was in a recession. ...
The central bank also released the results of its latest survey of
nationwide economic conditions that found that if a recession -- an outright
decline in national economic activity -- is on the way, it hasn't yet
arrived. ...  "Price pressures for consumer goods were subdued, while prices
for most manufactured goods were flat to down, despite higher input costs"
such as for energy, the summary said.  "Extensive discounting by retailers
during the holiday shopping season helped constrain consumer prices in most
districts."  The findings on prices were confirmed in a Labor Department
report that showed consumer prices increased 0.2 percent last month.  That
meant the CPI rose 3.4 percent last year, the biggest increase in a decade.
...  Recently, however, the overall CPI has been rising less rapidly.  In
the final 3 months of last year, the CPI increased at a more moderate 2.1
percent pace.  The core portion of the index rose at a 2 percent rate in the
fourth quarter.  This relatively low amount of inflationary pressure in the
economy has left the door open for the Fed to cut rates in response to the
sharp slowdown in economic growth. ...  (John M. Berry in Washington Post,
page E7).
__A sharp drop in industrial output in December provided str

BLS Daily Report

2001-01-18 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 17, 2001

RELEASED TODAY:
   CPI -- The Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (CPI-U) rose 0.2
percent in December, the same as in each of the preceding 2 months.  The
food index advanced 0.5 percent in December, following no change in November
and a 0.1 percent increase in October.  The energy index rose 0.2 percent in
December, following increases of 0.1 and 0.2 percent in November and
October, respectively.  In December, the index for petroleum-based energy
declined 1.4 percent, while the index for energy services advanced 1.8
percent.  Excluding food and energy, the CPI-U rose 0.1 percent in December
after advancing 0.3 percent in November and 0.2 percent in October.  A sharp
downturn in the tobacco index and a smaller increase in shelter costs were
responsible for the smaller advance in December than in November. ...  
   REAL EARNINGS -- Real average weekly earnings declined by 0.4 percent
from November to December, after seasonal adjustment, according to
preliminary data.  A 0.6 percent decrease in average weekly hours and a 0.2
percent increase in the CPI-W were partially offset by a 0.4 percent
increase in average hourly earnings. ...  From December 1999 to December
2000, real average weekly earnings fell by 0.4 percent. ...  

Inventories of unsold goods at U.S. companies piled up in November as sales
fell for the second straight month, adding to mounting evidence of a
slumping economy.  The Commerce Department reported that stockpiles of goods
on shelves and backlots nationwide rose 0.5 percent in November.  Sales
dropped 0.3 percent. ...  (Washington Post, page E2)_Unsold products
continued to stack up at the nation's manufacturers and retailers in
November and could further weigh down the U.S. economy. ...  (Wall Street
Journal, page A2). 

DUE OUT TOMORROW:
   Union Members in 2000
   Usual Weekly Earnings of Wage and Salary Workers:  Fourth Quarter 2000


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2001-01-17 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, TUESDAY, JANUARY 17, 2001

The Producer Price Index for Finished Goods was unchanged in December from
the prior month as higher prices for consumer goods and capital equipment
were offset by lower energy prices, the Bureau of Labor Statistics reports.
The core PPI, which excludes volatile food and energy prices, rose 0.3
percent in December on rising prices for cars, light trucks, and civilian
aircraft. ...  A senior economist at Merrill Lynch in New York said he found
the core PPI's growth surprising, but he expects producers to begin
discounting more items as the economy continues to slow, possibly bringing
the core PPI back down.  The core PPI's growth rate has remained in a narrow
range throughout 2000, varying between a low of a 0.2 percent decline and a
high of 0.3 percent gain. ...  (Brett Ferguson in Daily Labor Report, page
D-4).

A surprise uptick in auto dealership sales helped retail sales inch ahead
0.1 percent in December, but sales in October and November were revised
down, the Commerce Department reports. ...  A spokesman for Economic
Analysis Associates Inc. in Greenwich, Conn., attributed the surprise growth
in auto sales to a problem with seasonal adjustment factors.  Christmas
falling on a Monday gave shoppers two extra days in the malls and on the
streets.  But then there were several down days because of severe winter
weather in the Northeast. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-14)_Retail
sales are likely to continue their slump for the first 6 months of 2001,
analysts and industry leaders predicted at the National Retail Federation's
annual convention in New York.  The chief economist for the retail
federation predicts that the economy and consumer spending will start to
pick up by the second half of the year, saying the Fed's interest rate cuts
will eventually spark consumer spending (Washington Post, page E2).

__Retail sales increased a mere 0.1 percent last month, the Commerce
Department reported, a weak performance but nevertheless an indication that
consumer spending hasn't collapsed, analysts said.  "Slowing job growth,
higher energy prices and declining equity values are taking a toll on
consumers, says a Merrill Lynch  Co. economist in New York. ...  Meanwhile,
BLS said producer prices for finished goods were unchanged last month after
rising 0.1 percent in November. ...  (John M. Berry in Washington Post, Jan.
13, page E1).
__Retail sales, while clearly weak, defied gloomy expectations and rose
slightly in December, ending a week in which economic data showed some
surprising resilience.  The retail numbers -- combined with other reports on
inflation, mortgage applications, and unemployment claims -- have decreased
the chances that the Federal Reserve will lower interest rates by another
half-point at its next meeting, scheduled for January 30-31. ...  The Bureau
of Labor Statistics said that the prices that dealers pay for cars and light
trucks rose last month.  The overall Producer Price Index -- which measures
the cost that manufacturers charge for their goods -- was flat last month
and finished the year up 3.5 percent, largely because of rising energy
costs. The core index -- which excludes the volatile energy and food sectors
-- rose 0.3 percent in December, causing some alarm among economists that
inflation remains a threat and that the Fed will be reluctant to cut rates.
But for all of 2000, the core index grew just 1.2 percent, only slightly
faster than in 1999 and about half its pace in 1998.  "One month doesn't
make a trend," said Brian Catron, an economist at the Bureau of Labor
Statistics, which compiles the index. ...  (David Leonhardt in New York
Times, Jan. 13, page B1).
__The old year went out with a whimper for retailers, and the slump in the
overall economy may persist well into the new one. ...  The upward creep in
sales at the end of a lackluster holiday season hardly dispelled fears of a
sharp slowdown in economic growth. ...  The report on wholesale prices was
largely positive, though it held a bit of a surprise.  While the producer
price index was unchanged in December from November, the important core rate
-- which excludes the volatile food and energy categories -- rose 0.3
percent last month, its biggest jump since May. ...  (Nicholas Kulish in
Wall Street Journal, Jan. 15, page A2).

Based largely on strong labor demand in many industries, the Wage Trend
Indicator reversed direction in the fourth quarter to show renewed pressures
on wages at least through the middle of this year, according to the latest
figures released by BNA. ...  The index declined slightly in the third
quarter of last year from the prior quarter, only to reverse direction in
the final quarter. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-1).

The vice chairman of the Federal Reserve, Roger W. Ferguson Jr., said today
that the central bank's surprise decision last week to cut interest rates
sharply was not based on any nonpublic information about econom

BLS Daily Report

2001-01-12 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, THURSDAY, JANUARY 11, 2001

RELEASED TODAY: The U.S. Import Price Index decreased 0.5 percent in
December.  The decline followed a 0.1 percent increase in the previous month
and reflected a downturn for imported petroleum prices.  The Export Price
Index dipped 0.1 percent in December, after posting no change in November.
...

Expanding the use of telecommuting could improve productivity, which would
increase employers' competitiveness while helping workers balance the
demands of work and family, the Labor Department says in its new report,
"Telework:  The New Workplace of the 21st Century."  This is a compilation
of 12 studies prepared by researchers on the future of telecommuting. ...
The Labor Department (ASP) estimates there are between 13 and 19 million
full- or part-time employees in the United States who work from home or some
other location outside of their employer's place of business. ...  Although
the research is far from definitive, several studies evaluating the impact
of teleworking are promising, according to the report.  In one study,
researchers concluded that employees who telework save their employers up to
$10,000 a year in reduced absenteeism and retention costs. ...  Telework
programs can also lower overhead expenses for companies by reducing office
space needs. ...  Human resources managers reported in a survey that the
main obstacles to teleworking are the lack of supervision of employees, the
absence of upper management support, and concerns about communicating with
employees, the report says. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-1).

Inventories at wholesalers grew in November as unsold autos, paper goods,
and computer parts accumulated on docks and in warehouses.  Wholesale
stockpiles rose 0.4 percent, matching the October increase, the Commerce
Department reported.  Sales were unchanged after a 0.1 percent decline in
October.  Slower consumer demand, which is causing inventories to grow and
leading to sluggish manufacturing, signals that the economy's expansion is
limping toward its 10th anniversary in April. ...  (New York Times, page
C4).

The President's Task Force on Employment of Adults with Disabilities
presents the third annual report documenting the administration's activities
in promoting the employment of adults with disabilities over the past year
and offering recommendations for the future. ...  The report, "Re-Charting
the Course:  Turning Points," can be found on the DOL Web site (Daily Labor
Report, page A-8).

DUE OUT TOMORROW:  Producer Price Indexes -- December 2000


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2001-01-12 Thread Richardson_D

 BLS DAILY REPORT, FRIDAY, JANUARY 12, 2000:
 
 Today's News Release:  "Producer Price Indexes -- December 2000" indicates
 that the Producer Price Index for Finished Goods showed no change in
 December, seasonally adjusted.  This followed a 0.1 percent increase in
 November and a 0.4 percent advance in October.  The index for finished
 goods other than foods and energy rose 0.3 percent in December, after
 showing no change in the previous month.  Prices received by producers of
 intermediate goods gained 0.2 percent, following a similar decline in the
 prior month.  The crude goods index jumped 8.7 percent, after posting a
 2.0 percent decrease in November.
 
 President-elect Bush taps Elaine Chao, a fellow at the Heritage Foundation
 and the former head of United Way of America, as his second nominee for
 secretary of labor.  Bush's first pick, Linda Chavez, withdrew her name
 from consideration because of reports that she housed an illegal
 immigrant.  Bush says his priorities for the Department of Labor would be
 job training and prevention of disabilities discrimination in the
 workplace.  Chao promises to uphold those principles, advocating "a strong
 and productive workforce in which everyone can participate, where jobs and
 opportunities are available for those leaving welfare, where job training
 is available for those left behind in our new economy (Daily Labor Report,
 page AA-1, AA2).
 __Elaine L. Chao, a veteran of President-elect Bush's father's
 administration, is the wife of Senator Mitch McConnell (R-Ky).  She is an
 Asian American who emigrated from Taiwan at the age of 8 and went on to
 head the Peace Corps (The Washington Post, page 1; The New York Times,
 page 1; USA Today, page 1).
 
 Prices for imported goods slipped 0.5 percent in December despite pressure
 from sharply higher prices for nonpetroleum imports, the Bureau of Labor
 Statistics reports. Led by a 40.6 percent rise in natural gas prices
 during December, values for nonpetroleum imports grew 0.9 percent, their
 largest monthly gain since the series began in January 1989, the agency
 said (Daily Labor Report, page D-1).
 
 New claims for unemployment benefits filed with state agencies plunged
 36,000 to a seasonally adjusted 345,000 for the week ending January 6,
 according to the Employment and Training Administration. The 4-week moving
 average of initial unemployment insurance claims -- a measure closely
 watched by analysts because it is less volatile than the weekly numbers --
 was 363,000, an increase of 6,250 from the previous week's revised average
 of 356.750,.ETA said.  The seasonally adjusted insured unemployment rate,
 which indicates the percentage of people covered by the unemployment
 insurance law who are receiving benefits, was unchanged during the week
 ending December 30 at 2.0 percent.  A year ago the insured unemployment
 rate was 1.7percent and the 4-week moving average of initial UI claims was
 293,750 (Daily Labor Report, page D-3; The Washington Post, page A2)..
 
 The Clinton Administration, in the last economic forecast, says the U.S.
 record expansion will continue with annual growth in the 3.2 percent to
 2.p percent range, but allows that the short-term outlook is weaker than 2
 months ago.  In the "Economic Report of the President," scheduled for
 release January 12, the Council of Economic Advisers forecast that real
 gross domestic product grew 4.1 percent in 2000, and will slow to 3.2
 percent in 2001, measured from fourth quarter to fourth quarter.  Since
 then, signs of a sharp deceleration in growth prompted the Federal Reserve
 to cut short-term interest rates half a percentage point from January 3
 and analysts look for similar easing later this month (Daily Labor Report,
 page A-8).
 __President Clinton's Council of Economic Advisers has become a
 full-fledged adherent to the concept that there's a new economy.  In the
 Clinton CEA's final economic report, released last night, the council said
 innovations, technological advances and high levels of investment allowed
 major gains in U.S. economic efficiency in the second half of 1999.  Labor
 productivity, the amount of goods and services produced for each hour
 worked, accelerated by 1.6 percentage points since 1995, the report said.
 Faster technological change in computers accounted for only 0.2 percentage
 points of that increase.  Increased business investment in new plants and
 equipment boosted the amount of capital per worker and that was
 responsible for another 0.4 percentage points (The Washington Post, page
 E-3).
 __Martin N. Baily, chairman of the Council of Economic Advisers, says "We
 don't think we're going into a recession," according to Richard W.
 Stevenson in The New York Times (page C1).  Baily said the economy was
 slowing more than the administration had anticipated when it decided on
 the forecasts contained in the "Economic Report of the President for
 2001,"

BLS Daily Report

2001-01-11 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 10, 2001

The number of mass layoffs surged to 1,697 events in November, doubling the
number of events in October and reaching its highest level in 10 months, the
Bureau of Labor Statistics says.  Although BLS advises against
month-to-month comparisons because the data are not seasonally adjusted, the
number of layoff events was the highest for the month of November since the
series began in 1995, while the number for October was that month's lowest
since 1995.  The mass layoff events, which affect 50 or more workers from a
single establishment regardless of the duration of the layoffs, resulted in
216,514 initial claims for unemployment insurance, BLS said. ...  (Daily
Labor Report, page D-1).

First-year wage and benefit increases negotiated in construction industry
collective bargaining agreements during 2000 averaged $1.19 per hour, or 4.1
percent, according to data compiled by the Construction Labor Research
Council.  Second-year increases in new multiyear agreements averaged $1.28,
or 4.0 percent.  The 2000 increases were slightly above the $1.14 per hour
or 3.8 percent reported by CLRC for 1999. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page
A-3).

A closely watched monthly poll of economists showed the sharpest 2-month
markdown in expectations for economic growth since the last recession.  The
consensus of forecasters surveyed by the Blue Chip Economic Indicators
newsletter called for growth in the GDP of 2.6 percent this year.  Polled
last week, the economists cut back their growth estimates by 0.5 percentage
point, following a reduction of 0.8 percentage point in their December
forecasts.  The last time the consensus fell that quickly was between July
and September of 1990, the start of the last period of economic contraction
in this country. ...  (Wall Street Journal, page A2).

Investment in information technology -- hardware, software, and
communications equipment -- would have to dry up or contract to push
productivity growth back down to pre-1995 levels, a Federal Reserve
economist says.  In an updated presentation of a working paper released in
May 2000, Fed Senior Economist Daniel E. Sichel also told the Center for
Strategic and International Studies that he is "cautiously optimistic" that
most of the steep productivity gains logged in the late 1990s will be
permanent. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-7).

For the first time in years, the dreaded word "recession" is back as a
buzzword.  Oddly, though, it will be months, even years, before economists
know for sure if the U.S. has entered one, partly because the definition is
fluid.  The most common definition of recession is two consecutive quarters
of economic contraction. ...  Greg Mankiw, a Harvard University economist,
defines a recession more generally as "a period of declining real incomes
and rising unemployment."  In some cases, he says, two quarters may be too
much.  "If you had a big enough fall in one quarter, you'd probably call
that a recession, too," he says.  For professional economists, the ultimate
arbiter of economic peaks and troughs is the National Bureau of Economic
Research's Business Cycle Dating Committee.  "Basically, a recession is
whatever they want to call a recession," says Mankiw. ...  The NBER
definition is "a recurring period of decline in total output, income,
employment, and trade, usually lasting from six months to a year, and marked
by widespread contractions in many sectors of the economy."  In simpler
terms, they refer to it as the three Ds:  depth, duration, and dispersion.
...  (Wall Street Journal, page A2).

The last time the Federal Reserve was forced to cut interest rates in a
hurry -- in October 1998 -- it was to protect the United States from a
fast-spreading currency crisis in Russia, after more than a year of economic
turmoil in Asia.  It was called the "contagion effect," and the strategy was
to stop it before it infected a booming American economy that had become the
predominant force for growth around the world.  Little more than 2 years
later, there is now fear of a different kind of contagion effect, this one
radiating from the United States. ...  For nearly 7 years, the United States
has so dominated the world economy that other nations have come to depend,
more than ever, on constantly rising demand from the United States for
products of all kinds. ...  An accompanying table shows the percent of all
exports from eight countries that come to the United States.  Mexico sends
84.3 percent of all that it exports to the U.S.; China sends 28.5 percent;
South Korea, 22.1 percent; Brazil, 21.2 percent; Thailand, 20.6 percent;
Hong Kong 18.4 percent; Chile, 17.2 percent; and Indonesia, 15.0 percent.
...  (New York Times, Jan. 7, page A1). 

Seven years after its enactment, the Family and Medical Leave Act has proved
to be a growing administrative burden for employers, but, at the same time,
it has 

BLS Daily Report

2001-01-09 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, MONDAY, JANUARY 8, 2001

__The year 2000 ended with a modest payroll expansion of 105,000 nonfarm
jobs, making the annual employment gain the smallest of any year since 1992,
according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics.  Only half of the jobs added in
December came in the private sector, indicating a slowdown that worries some
analysts. ...  The economic slowdown was clearly visible in the
fourth-quarter employment figures.  Private sector payrolls grew by an
average of 84,000 a month during the October-to-December period, only about
half the pace of expansion during the first 9 months of 2000, BLS
Commissioner Abraham told reporters.  For all of 2000, nonfarm payrolls
added 1 million fewer than the 2.8 million created in 1999. ...  (Pam
Ginsbach and Susan McInerney in Daily Labor Report, page D-1; Commissioner's
statement, page E-1).
__U.S. job growth slowed sharply in December, underscoring the rapid
deterioration of the economy and helping send stock prices into a nose-dive.
Private-sector firms generated only 49,000 new jobs in December, an anemic
performance for an economy that only last spring was generating 200,000 to
300,000 new positions a month.  The number of hours worked by the average
employee continued to fall sharply in December, largely as a result of
reduced overtime for production workers in the hard-hit manufacturing
sector.  What hasn't changed much is the official unemployment rate, which
remained at 4 percent during December, close to the lowest rate in a
generation.  But analysts were quick to warn that the unemployment rate
tends to lag behind other economic indicators and had not yet captured the
swift and sharp decline of the economy over the past 2 months. ...  (Steven
Pearlstein in Washington Post, Jan. 6, page A1).
__The sharply slowing economy still has not done much to weaken the tightest
labor market in 30 years.  Even as manufacturing companies cut both jobs and
workers' hours last month, companies in the much larger service sector
continued to add to their record-high payrolls, allowing the unemployment
rate to hold steady in December at 4 percent.  But the pace of job creation
clearly slowed in the spring of 2000 and remains much more sluggish than it
was earlier in the year and during much of the latter half of the 1990s.
And the job market could deteriorate further in the months ahead. ...
Apparel, automobile, and metal-making companies all cut payrolls sharply
last month, as did temporary-help firms, which are typically among the first
to react to an economic slowdown as companies shed part-time workers.
Manufacturing employment fell by 62,000 in December, raising the total loss
for the year to 178,000.  Even the once red-hot service sector is no longer
expanding at the pace it had been.  Across the private sector, companies
added only about 4,000 jobs a day during the last 9 months of 2000, half the
pace during the previous year. ...  (David Leonhardt in New York Times, page
B1).
__The U.S. economy continues to weaken markedly, yet workers still are
having a relatively easy time finding and keeping jobs.  That paradox is
contained in the latest batch of government data.  The Labor Department
reported that the unemployment rate held steady at 4 percent in December
from November, just a notch above the lowest level recorded in 3 decades.
That tightness remains even though employers slashed overtime for workers
and created just 105,000 jobs last month, barely half the pace of job
creation recorded during the first 9 months of the year.  The employment
report was the latest showing growth slowing, and some economists say the
figures suggest the U.S. economy actually stalled or contracted during the
month.  Unless business activity rebounds soon, many analysts say it is only
a matter of time before the jobless rate rises sharply.  Yet for now, at
least, tight labor markets remain remarkably resilient, as employers scarred
by years of difficult hiring seem eager to hoard workers.  While layoffs are
rising, many workers who lose their jobs don't seem to be having trouble
finding new ones. ...  (Nicholas Kulish in Wall Street Journal, page A2).

The engine behind the powerful economic advances of the past decade --
higher productivity growth -- is likely to remain intact in coming years,
according to a forthcoming White House study and a welter of the nation's
top economists.  There has been general agreement among economists that the
productivity growth rate has been running about 1.6 percentage points higher
during the past 5 years compared with the years 1973-95.  There is little
doubt that technology is somehow responsible for it all.  Yet an intense
debate has been raging on how technology has improved productivity, whether
the gains are confined to just technology manufacturers or have spilled over
into the wider economy, and, most important, whether they will endure in the
wake of a steep downturn on the stock market and signs of a rapid economic

BLS Daily Report

2001-01-09 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, TUESDAY, JANUARY 9, 2001

RELEASED TODAY:  In November 2000, there were 1,697 mass layoff actions by
employers as measured by new filings for unemployment insurance benefits
during the month.  Each action involved at least 50 persons from a single
establishment, and the number of workers involved totaled 216,514.  The
number of layoff events and initial claims for unemployment insurance were
the highest for the month of November since the series began in 1995.  From
January through November 2000, the total number of layoff events (13,061)
was slightly lower than in January-November 1999, while the total number of
initial claims (1,508,849) was higher. ...

Martin Luther King Jr. Day (Jan. 15) will be observed as a paid holiday by
about one in four employers in 2001, according to a Bureau of National
Affairs survey of 366 organizations nationwide.  Roughly one-fourth of
responding establishments (27 percent) report plans to grant all or most
workers a paid day off on the third Monday in January this year, little
changed from 2000 (23 percent) and 1999 (25 percent).  Bank employees and
workers in the nonprofit sectors are the most likely to receive a paid
holiday Jan. 15. ...  Manufacturing companies, retail establishments, and
health care organizations remain among the least likely to grant a paid
holiday for Martin Luther King Jr. Day. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-3).

This week a fixture of the old economy, the labor movement, will take a
small but significant step into the new economy as the first unionization
vote is held at a dot-com.  While unionization efforts move slowly forward
at high technology giants like Microsoft and Amazon.com, 13 customer service
representatives at etown.com, a Web site that provides information on
consumer electronics, are on a fast unionization track, scheduled to vote
Friday on whether to join the Communications Workers of America.  At Amazon,
the unionization push has gained some momentum in recent months as a result
of a new economy complaint:  Many workers say their hourly pay is too low
now that their stock options are underwater. ...  (New York Times, page
C4)_The CWA filed new charges against etown.com, effectively postponing
a vote on union representation at the company. ...  (Washington Post, page
E2).

Managers oversee an average of 10.75 employees, according to 1999 data from
about 970 companies compiled by Saratoga Institute Inc., a Santa Clara,
Calif., research and consulting firm ("Work Life" feature of Wall Street
Journal, page A1).

A Federal Reserve official tried to quell speculation that the
long-expanding economy is screeching toward a recession, even as private
sector economists warned of the current downturn's severity.  In a speech
before the Atlanta Rotary Club, Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta President
Jack Guynn became the first high-ranking official of the central bank to
publicly comment on its surprise cut in interest rates last week.  "The U.S.
economy remains the envy of the world, and everything that brought us here
remains," said Guynn, in a generally upbeat presentation, citing
simultaneously low inflation and low unemployment.  But talk of a
contracting national economy continued to spread. ...  (Wall Street Journal,
page A2; Washington Post, page E2)_A recession has already begun in the
United States, and there is a 45 percent chance that deterioration in the
world's largest economy will lead to a global recession in 2001, two
economists at Morgan Stanley Dean Witter said in a message to clients.
Chief Economist Stephen Roach and Chief U.S. Economist Richard Berner said
U.S. gross domestic product will contract by an annualized 1.25 percent in
the first half of this year.  For all of 2001, the U.S. economy will grow
just 1.1 percent, they predict (Washington Post, page E2).


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2001-01-07 Thread Richardson_D

BUREAU OF LABOR STATISTICS, FRIDAY, JANUARY 5, 2001

RELEASED TODAY:  Employment rose modestly in December, and the unemployment
rate was unchanged at 4.0 percent.  Total non-farm payroll employment
increased by 105,000, as gains in government and other service-producing
industries more than offset large declines in manufacturing and help supply
services.  Over the last 3 months of 2000, total payroll employment gains
averaged 77,000 compared with an average monthly gain of 187,000 during the
first 9 months of the year and 229,000 a month for all of 1999.  Average
hourly earnings increased by 5 cents in December. ...  

New claims filed with state agencies for unemployment insurance benefits
climbed by 16,000 to a total of 375,000 during the week ended Dec. 30,
according to a report by the Employment and Training Administration of the
Department of Labor. The latest level of initial UI claims was the highest
in more than 2 years and coincides with recent public announcements of
layoffs in several industries. ...  Analysts expect the UI claims figures to
continue their gradual increase in coming weeks as the economy stays in a
slower growth mode.  ETA said the 4-week moving average of initial UI claims
rose by 5,250 to 352,250.  Economists look more closely at the 4-week
average because it smoothes the more volatile weekly totals.  A year
earlier, the 4-week average was 283,000. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-1;
Washington Post, page E2).

American companies announced 133,713 job cuts in December, more than triple
the number in November, according to a survey made by Challenger, Gray 
Christmas.  It was the highest number of job cut announcements recorded
since the survey began in 1993, and it was only the fourth time that the
number of job cuts totaled more than 100,000 in one month.  In another sign
of weakness in the labor market, the number of Americans filing for new
unemployment benefits climbed to its highest level in 2-1/2 years last week.
...  In a third report, orders for new goods from factories rebounded more
strongly than expected in November, led by big gains in orders for aircraft,
electrical equipment, and costly durable goods.  Factory orders rose 1.7
percent in November after falling 4 percent in October.  The November
increase was the biggest gain since a 2 percent rise in August and topped
analysts' estimates for a 1.3 percent rise.  But economists zeroed in on the
buildup in inventories.  Manufacturers' inventories rose 0.5 percent in
November, after posting a 0.7 percent gain in October. Analysts said the
inventory number showed that companies' stockpiles had continued to expand
as the economy -- and consumer demand -- slowed. ...  (New York Times, page
C5).

Nonmanufacturing business activity slowed in December, blunted by smaller
gains in employment, new orders, and inventories, according to the National
Association of Purchasing Management.  It reports that its nonmanufacturing
business index tumbled from 58.5 in November to 53.0 in December, a
reflection of the nation's slowing economic growth.  Another report showed
that inventory levels advanced at U.S. manufacturers in November, although
orders increased as well.  While the advance in orders suggests an eventual
rebound in capital investment, the ongoing rise in inventory levels portends
weak first-quarter growth as firms draw down existing stocks to meet demand,
economists say. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-2; Washington Post, page
E2).

Data compiled by the Bureau of National Affairs show deferred wage increases
payable in 2001 under current collective bargaining agreements produce a
weighted average wage increase of 3 percent.  By industry, the highest
weighted average increase deferred to 2001 -- 4.5 percent -- is found in
construction, followed by 3.7 percent in subways-buses-taxis.  The highest
median increase deferred to 2001 is found in construction with a 4.5 percent
gain, followed by airlines with a 3.5 percent rise. ...  (Daily Labor
Report, page A1).

After hoping in the 11th hour that tardy and postseason shoppers would give
them a final lift, the nation's merchants released the tally of December
sales and had to admit that they had a spectacularly unmerry holiday season.
Consumers snapped up scooters and calf-hugging leather boots, but otherwise
were impervious to everything -- even at deeply discounted prices.  Retail
sales at stores open at least a year rose one-tenth of 1 percent in the 5
weeks that ended the last week of December compared with the same period in
1999, according to the Goldman Sachs Index of Retail Sales.  That result was
the most anemic since March of 1995, when sales declined 0.1 percent
compared with the month a year earlier. ...  (New York Times, page
C1)_After finally unwrapping holiday sales figures, most retailers
didn't find what they were hoping for.  Chains across the country reported
that winter storms and slower consumer spending pushed December sales below
already lowered 

Shutdown daily report

2001-01-05 Thread Charles Brown


Sales slump idles 12 GM plants
Production cuts affect 25,000; more shutdowns expected in February

Cutting back
The 12 plants GM will idle later this month: 
   Car plants 
   Orion Township, Mich., Wilmington, Del., Kansas City, Kan., Ste. Therese, Quebec, 
Oshawa; Ontario; Oklahoma City, and Lordstown, Ohio. 
   Truck plants 
   Moraine, Ohio, Doraville, Ga., Shreveport, La., Linden, N.J., and Wentzville, Mo. 
   Source: General Motors Corp.  
 By Joe Miller / The Detroit News

DETROIT -- General Motors Corp. will temporarily shut 12 plants this month, idling 
25,600 workers, as it cuts production in response to slumping car and truck sales. 
   GM's latest plant closings come after the giant automaker reported an 18 percent 
decline in December sales and are part of ongoing plans to reduce first-quarter 
production by 14.5 percent, or 220,000 vehicles. 
   More shutdowns will likely be announced in February. 
   "We're taking a big chunk out in January," said GM spokesman Tom Wickham, adding: 
"We are looking at schedules and down-time beyond January." 
   GM already said it will eliminate one of three production shifts on Feb. 12 at its 
Pontiac East full-sized pickup plant, resulting in the layoffs of 1,000 workers. 
   Nine of the 12 plants will be down the week of Jan. 8, four the week of Jan. 15, 
three the week of Jan. 22 and four the week of Jan. 29. 
   Locally, GM will only shut down the Orion Township assembly plant for three weeks 
beginning Monday. The plant builds the Buick LeSabre and Park Avenue, Oldsmobile 
Aurora and Pontiac Bonneville. 
   Plants in Moraine, Ohio, Fairfax, Kan., and Oklahoma City will be shuttered as GM 
prepares to launch new vehicles. The remaining plants will be closed in response to 
GM's bloated inventories. GM had 1.3 million unsold vehicles on hand at the end of 
2000. 





BLS Daily Report

2001-01-04 Thread Richardson_D

BLS  DAILY REPORT, THURSDAY, JANUARY 4, 2001

Deteriorating economic conditions prompted the Federal Reserve to cut
short-term interest rate targets by half a percentage point, a surprise move
economists said sets the stage for further rate reductions and signals the
central bank's commitment to keep the U.S. economy from sliding into a
recession. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page A7; page A1 in Washington Post,
New York Times, Wall Street Journal).

Staffing companies expect higher wages for temporary workers in the early
months of 2001, according to the American Staffing Association's quarterly
survey.  Wages for temporary workers increased 5 percent between the third
quarter of 1999 and the third quarter of 2000, the survey says. ...  ASA's
research indicates that wage increases for temporary workers are outpacing
those of other workers, according to an ASA spokesman.  He cited Bureau of
Labor Statistics data showing that overall wages rose 4 percent during the
same time period, while temporary workers saw 5 percent wage increases.
Anecdotally, many staffing companies have reported raising wages up to 10
percent since early 2000, he added.  "The labor market is still tight, and
staffing firms' wages have gone up to address the shortage of workers." he
said.  Staffing companies also saw an increase in the use of temporary
workers in the past year, the survey found.  On average, 3.14 million
temporary workers were employed on each working day during the third quarter
of 2000, according to ASA.  That figure is up from 2.96 million recorded a
year earlier. ...  About 100 companies supplied the most recent quarterly
data on the temporary worker population, while about 200 respondents
supplied the most recent wage data for that group, ASA said (Daily Labor
Report, page A-2).

Data compiled by the Bureau of National Affairs in all of 2000 show a
weighted average first-year wage increase in newly negotiated contracts of
3.8 percent, compared with 3.2 percent in 1999.  The manufacturing
settlements provided a weighted average increase of 3.2 percent, the same as
that negotiated in 1999.  The weighted average increase in nonmanufacturing
agreements excluding construction contracts was 4 percent, compared with 3
percent a year earlier. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-1).

Auto sales slowed precipitously last month, with domestic automakers
reporting plunges of up to 18 percent from year-ago levels.  Foreign
automakers, though, escaped almost unscathed and gained market share. ...
(New York Times, page C1)_U.S. auto sales fell 8 percent in December,
the second straight month of declines, as the economic slowdown tightened
its grip on consumers at the end of a record sales year.  Even with the
Federal Reserve's move to cut interest rates, auto makers said the watchword
for 2001 is caution. ...  (Wall Street Journal, page A3)

Construction spending fell in November, the first drop in 4 months, but
remained at a level suggesting that builders have escaped the economic
slowdown, Commerce Department figures show.  A drop in outlays on public
works and home improvements led the November decline, the largest since
spending fell 0.7 percent in July, the last decrease.  Still, spending on
single-family homes increased for the first time in 8 months.  It also
increased on apartments, condominiums, and town houses and on industrial
projects and public schools. ...  (New York Times, page C2).

As retailers' final holiday sales tallies trickle in, one thing is clear:
The strong finish many retailers hoped would save their most important
shopping season never materialized. ...  (Wall Street Journal, page
B13)_Retailers benefited from sharp markdowns the final week of
December, but fell short of what was needed to lift overall sales for the
crucial holiday shopping season.  According to the Redbook Average, sales
were up 2.4 percent the week ended Dec. 30, contributing to the month's
average 2.1 percent sales gain vs. 4.5 percent a year ago. ...  (USA Today,
page 1B).

Fewer than one in four employers now provide medical coverage of any kind
for Medicare-eligible retirees; 40 percent provided retiree coverage in
1994, according to a recent survey of companies with 500 or more employees
by William M. Mercer, a benefits consulting company.  About 31 percent of
employers still cover retirees under age 65, who are not yet eligible for
Medicare, but that, too, is down -- from 43 percent in 1994 and 46 percent
in 1993, Mercer said.  The largest companies, those with at least 5,000
employees, are more likely to cover retirees, said the research director in
Washington for the benefits consulting firm Hewitt Associates.  However,
even many of them have limited the benefits by raising deductibles, or
placing caps or ceilings on how much they will pay, and shifting other costs
to the former employees, he said. ...  (New York Times, Dec. 31, "Money 
Business" section, page 8).   

"It's all in the numbers,

BLS Daily Report

2001-01-04 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 3, 2001

RELEASED TODAY:  In November, 217 metropolitan areas recorded unemployment
rates below the U.S. average (3.8 percent, not seasonally adjusted), while
108 areas registered higher rates.  Forty-one metropolitan areas had jobless
rates below 2.0 percent, with 13 of these located in the Midwest, 13 in the
South, and 12 in New England.  Seven of the eight areas with rates above
10.0 percent were in the West. ...  

__Manufacturing activity declined in December for the fifth month in a row,
reaching its lowest level since the economy emerged from recession in the
spring of 1991, the National Association of Purchasing Management says.
NAPM's closely watched business survey finds the purchasing managers' index
fell 4 percentage points, to 43.7 percent, in December -- the lowest reading
since April 1991 when the index dropped to 42.9 percent. A reading below 50
percent means the sector is contracting.  December marks the fifth
consecutive month manufacturing activity has not grown, although the overall
economy continued to grow. ...  The chair of NAPM's manufacturing business
survey committee says, "For manufacturing, higher interest rates and higher
energy prices in 2000 have contributed greatly toward a lackluster year for
most of the sector. ...  At 42.8 percent, the employment index fell below 50
percent for the third month in a row.  The only industry indicating job
growth in December was instruments and photographic equipment, the report
said. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-7).
__There was fresh evidence that the manufacturing sector of the U.S. economy
was slipping into recession and threatening to drag the rest of the economy
down with it. ...  "If this kind of news continues, it would give legitimacy
to those who see a recession" this year, said the chief economist for Credit
Suisse First Boston, who noted that the slowdown in production was hitting
both high- and low-tech manufacturers. ...  At the moment, the consensus of
economic forecasters is that the economy will continue to slow, growing at
an annual rate of about 2 percent through March, and then picking up steam.
That's a dramatic slowdown from the 5.6 percent growth rates of last spring,
but still short of a recession -- defined as two consecutive quarters of
economic contraction. ...  Most analysts expect Friday's jobs report to show
a 0.1 percent increase in the unemployment rate with a modest 100,000 gain
in new jobs.  But should the report fall short of expectations, the Fed
would come under considerable pressure to move aggressively to lower
short-term interest rates. ...  (Washington Post, page E1).
__United States manufacturers received sharply fewer orders, made fewer
products, and employed fewer workers in December than they did in the
previous month, sending a closely watched index of manufacturing activity to
its lowest level since 1991. ...  Some economists are worried that the rapid
slowdown is entering a vicious cycle, in which job losses create nervousness
more broadly among consumers, leading to less spending and, eventually, more
layoffs. ...  (New York Times, page C1).
__The overall economy may not be in recession, but the manufacturing
sector's downward spiral accelerated last month. ...  "What a way to start
the year," said the chairman of the National Association of Purchasing
Managers manufacturing survey committee.  "A year ago we would have been
talking about a shortage of people in the manufacturing sector, now we're
talking about the possibility of layoffs, so there's been a dramatic change
over the last 12 months." ...  (Wall Street Journal, page A2). 

Perhaps shoppers did not notice as they scurried through supermarkets
filling carts with potato chips and nachos for the holiday party, but their
loads may have been a little lighter than in the past.  In an effort to
offset rising production costs, Frito-Lay, the world's largest maker of
salty snack foods, has begun putting fewer chips in bags of Fritos,
Chee-tos, and other well-known brands while keeping the price the same. ...
Industry insiders have a name for the practice:  the weight-out.  It is a
subtle way of earning more from everyday products without scaring off
price-conscious shoppers, and it is quite legal as long as the package
accurately describes what is inside.  Makers of candy, coffee, and tuna fish
have all tried weight-outs, with varying success.  But the practice had been
relatively scarce since the mid-1990s, largely because the cost of raw
materials was low enough that manufacturers could afford to forgo price
increases .  Now, however, the cost of production is rising -- expenses like
energy, packaging, even ink. So weight-outs have slowly begun to resurface
as a means of maintaining corporate profits without enraging customers, who
are often none the wiser. ...  (nytimes.com, Jan. 2; NBC "Today" news show,
Jan. 3 a.m.).

President-elect Bush chooses Li

BLS Daily Report

2000-12-20 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, WEDNESDAY, DECEMBER 20, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:  BLS announces the first release of national employment and
wage estimates from the Occupational Employment Statistics survey using the
new OMB Standard Occupational Classification system.  The new SOC system
consists of 821 detailed occupations, grouped into 449 broad occupations, 96
minor groups, and 23 major groups. ...   

The nation's retailers are hoping for strong sales this weekend to rescue
them from their slowest Christmas in recent years.  Sales were down sharply
last week compared with a year ago, and stores report they are failing to
meet even the conservative targets they set for themselves this season.
Retailers have had to contend with a weak economy, bad weather, high energy
costs , and the absence of hot new products that would drive shoppers into
stores. ...  On the favorable side of the ledger, however, are a
longer-than-normal shopping season because of an early Thanksgiving and the
fact that Christmas falls on a Monday, giving consumers a full weekend to
finish shopping.  The International Council of Shopping Centers reported
that sales at specialty stores in the nation's malls fell by 12 percent in
the third week of December and are down 8.2 percent for the period between
Thanksgiving and Dec. 17. ...  (Washington Post, page A1).

Federal Reserve policymakers left interest rates unchanged but indicated
they are leaning toward a cut in the future.  Agency says economic slowdown
poses greater threat than inflation. ...  (Washington Post, page E1)_The
Fed said it was shifting its sights from fighting inflation to steering the
economy away from a possible recession.  The central bank left interest
rates unchanged, but made clear it was ready to cut rates if the current
slowdown shows signs of developing into a full-fledged downturn. ...  (New
York Times, page A1)_The Fed abandoned its anti-inflation stance,
declaring that the risks of economic weakness in the foreseeable future
exceed the risks of inflation.  But officials left short-term rate
unchanged, disappointing investors. ...  (Wall Street Journal, page A2).

Buck Consultants releases national survey of 88 health insurers, health
maintenance organizations, and third-party administrators pointing to
double-digit increases in health care rates. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page
A-9).

Commerce Department reports trade deficit fell $0.5 billion to $33.2 billion
in October as U.S. imports and exports declined. ...  (Daily Labor Report,
page D-1)_America's trade deficit stayed close to an all-time high, as
imports of crude oil climber to the highest level ever.  The deficits with
China and Japan also set records, propelled higher by a flood of Christmas
toys and automobiles.  The October trade deficit was down a slight 1.6
percent from September's biggest imbalance in history. ...  (Washington
Post, page E2)_The U.S. trade deficit shrank in a sign of the economic
slowdown, though the gap was still the second largest ever. ...  (Wall
Street Journal, page A2).

DUE OUT TOMORROW:  Consumer Expenditures in 1999


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2000-12-19 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, MONDAY, DECEMBER 18, 2000

__The CPI-U advanced 0.2 percent in November as cigarette prices increased
sharply and energy price gains began to moderate, BLS reports.  Tobacco
prices increased 3.4 percent during November, and airfares, influenced by
higher prices for jet fuel, increased 0.9 percent.  The core CPI-U, which
excludes volatile energy and food prices, rose a slightly higher than
expected 0.3 percent on a seasonally adjusted basis.  Analysts, however, say
the November data show that there is no real inflationary pressure on the
economy outside of the energy sector.  They explain that, in fact, slowing
gross domestic product growth and a trend toward more unemployment in early
2001 may actually reduce inflationary pressures. ...  (Brett Ferguson in
Daily Labor Report, page D-4).
__Consumer prices rose 0.2 percent in November, for the second month in a
row, as lower prices for clothing, recreation, and other items were more
than offset by increases elsewhere, notably in the prices of used cars and
tobacco products.  Energy prices, which increased sharply earlier in the
year, were nearly flat. ...  (John M. Berry in Washington Post, Dec. 16,
page E1).

The inflation-adjusted earnings of most U.S. wage and salary workers edged
down by 0.1 percent on a seasonally adjusted basis in November, according to
BLS. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-22).

Production at the nation's factories, mines, and utilities slipped for the
second month in a row, dropping a greater-than-expected 0.2 percent in
November, according to the Federal Reserve. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page
D-17).

Prices climb as production slows -- The CPI rose 0.2 percent last month,
matching the gain in October and analysts' expectations, BLS said.
Separately, the Fed said that production at factories, mines, and utilities
fell 0.2 percent in November after a 0.1 percent decline in October. ...
(Bloomberg News in New York Times, Dec. 16, page B15).

The Fed is weighing a more aggressive response to the slowing economy.  It
may issue an explicit statement that the risks of recession now exceed those
of inflation, or even cut interest rates.  Murky data are making it hard to
determine if inflation is heating up.  While commodities and energy prices
have begun to moderate, consumer inflation is inching higher. ...  (Wall
Street Journal, pages A3, A12, B16).

Job growth appears to be slowing nationally, but the scarcity of workers to
fill certain jobs is expected to be among several factors pushing up private
sector wages through at least the middle of next year, according to the
latest Wage Trend Indicator reported by BNA. ...  Early this year, the WTI
projected a ratcheting up of private industry wage gains to the 4 percent
level, a pattern that has been consistent in the measure since then. ...
(Daily Labor Report, page D-1).

Omnibus spending bill passed by House and Senate includes funding for new
compensation program for nuclear defense workers exposed to beryllium,
radiation, and other hazards and for new agency dedicated to addressing
workplace barriers faced by persons with disabilities. ...  (Daily Labor
Report, page AA-1).

Europe is facing a severe shortage of skilled labor in the information
technology sector, which could result in employers struggling to fill as
many as 1.6 million openings in two years, according to a study issued by
the International Labor Organization. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-2). 

DUE OUT TOMORROW:  Employment and Average Annual Pay for Large Counties,
1999


 application/ms-tnef


BLS daily Report

2000-12-19 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, TUESDAY, DECEMBER 19, 2000

Meatpacking plants, at 26.7 per 100 employees, had the highest nonfatal
injury and illness incidence rate among industries last year, says BLS.
Strains and cuts tend to account for many of the injuries ("Work Week" in
Wall Street Journal, page A1).

Mine deaths, following a record low two years ago, see a small rise.  This
year's total, at 82 so far, still could fall below last year's 90.  Yet
safety officials see the trend, following 1998's all-time low of 80, as a
disappointment. ...  In recent years, five or six deaths have occurred in
the last few weeks of the year.  Coal-mining fatalities, which have risen to
36 so far this year from 29 two years ago, account for the rise. ...  ("Work
Week" in Wall Street Journal, page A1).

Many employers believe there will be a push to share more of the burden of
rising prescription drug costs with plan participants through coinsurance,
according to findings by the International Society of Certified Employee
Benefit Specialists.  Sixty-five percent of employers surveyed agree that
rising drug prices will force plan sponsors to shift from copayments to a
percentage-based coinsurance structure. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-8).

The Senate approved Leslie Kramerich as assistant secretary of labor for
pension and welfare benefits and Gordon Heddell as Labor Department's
inspector general.  Kramerich had been serving as acting assistant head of
the Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration before being nominated for
the permanent slot last July. ...  Heddell, a 28-year veteran of the federal
law enforcement system, was nominated inspector general last March.  He has
served as assistant director in the U.S. Secret Service's Office of
Inspection (Daily Labor Report, page A-10).

DUE OUT TOMORROW:  Occupational Employment and Wages in 1999 Based on the
New Standard Occupational Classification System


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2000-12-15 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, THURSDAY, DECEMBER 14, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:  The Producer Price Index for Finished Goods advanced 0.1
percent in November, seasonally adjusted.  This index rose 0.4 percent in
October and 0.9 percent in September.  The index for finished goods other
than foods and energy showed no change in November, following a 0.1 percent
decline in the prior month.  Prices received by manufacturers of
intermediate goods decreased 0.2 percent, after a 0.2 percent gain a month
earlier.  The crude goods index fell 2.0 percent, following a 3.4 percent
increase in the previous month. ...

Another surge in world oil prices accounted for most of a 0.2 percent rise
in total import prices during November, according to the Bureau of Labor
Statistics.  The modest advance in import prices last month followed a 0.5
percent decline in October. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-1; USA Today,
page 1B).

Sagging automobile and truck sales pushed retail sales down a
weaker-than-expected 0.4 percent in November, the first decline since April
and the sharpest since July 1998, the Commerce Department reported.  But
minus car and truck sales, retail sales were up 0.2 percent, not far off the
0.4 percent gain posted in October.  In addition, November sales still were
5.2 percent higher than they had been a year earlier, and sales during the
first 11 months of 2000 were 8.7 percent higher than they had been over the
same period in 1999. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-3)_U.S. retail
sales fell in November for the first time in 7 months as business declined
at auto dealers and consumers were slow to scoop up discounted merchandise
at the start of the holiday shopping season.  Personal spending in the
fourth quarter is shaping up to be the weakest in 1-1/2 years.  That fact
has pushed down share prices of retailers and has prompted General Motors
Corp. and other automakers to slash output and lay off workers. ...
(Washington Post, page E3)

"Retail sales have suddenly fizzled out as worries over heating costs this
winter and a stock market decline have suddenly made Americans very
cautious," says the senior financial economist at the Bank of
Tokyo-Mitsubishi Ltd. in New York. ...  Separate figures from BLS show that
the costs of imported goods are contained.  That is impeding the ability of
United States Companies to raise prices as they strive to stay competitive.
...  (New York Times, page C6)_Retailers opened the holiday shopping
season on a sour note, as the sharpest decline in auto sales in more than 2
years drove overall sales lower. ...  Inflation, meanwhile, remains tame.
Import prices excluding oil fell 0.1 percent in November.  Including oil,
import prices rose 0.2 percent. ...  Some economists believe the latest
numbers on consumer demand don't tell the whole story.  Thanksgiving came
early in November this year, meaning the holiday shopping season began
earlier than usual.  That should have given the November figures a big
boost, but didn't, which "makes the underlying numbers even weaker than they
appear," says a senior economist at Bear Stearns in New York (Wall Street
Journal, page A2; USA Today, page 1B).

You might think more workers would start looking for a better job as the
economy expands and unemployment falls.  But in the second half of the
1990's, the share of employed workers actively searching for a new job
slipped from 5.6 percent to 4.5 percent, notes BLS.  The drop occurred among
workers of all ages, but was more pronounced among those under 25.
Job-search activities are always highest for workers in their early 20s, and
decline as people age.  Similarly, highly educated workers are more likely
than the less educated to be looking for a different job.  Workers who lack
health coverage or an employer-provided retirement plan are twice as likely
to be seeking a new job as those who enjoy such benefits.  And the most
likely by far are those who are working part time involuntarily. ...  (Gene
Koretz in "Economic Trends," Business Week, Dec. 18, page 36).

BNA's latest quarterly employment survey shows hiring prospects have dimmed
somewhat in recent quarters, but employment outlook remains brighter than in
early and mid-1990s with low layoff incidence and few reports of imminent
workforce cutbacks. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-6).

Data compiled by the Bureau of National Affairs in the first 50 weeks of
2000 show that the weighted average first-year wage increase in newly
negotiated contracts was 3.8 percent.  Manufacturing contracts provide a
weighted increase of 3.2 percent, while nonmanufacturing agreements,
excluding construction, showed a weighted increase of 4.1 percent. ...
(Daily Labor Report, page D-8).

If the flagging economy and souring stock market weren't bad enough, here's
more gloomy news:  Employers are cutting back when it comes to year-end
holiday bonuses.  Blame the penny-pinching on an uncertain financial
outlook, changes in the way

BLS Daily Report

2000-12-15 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, FRIDAY, DECEMBER 15, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:
   CPI -- The CPI-U increased 0.2 percent in November, after seasonal
adjustment, the same as in October.  The food index, which rose 0.1 percent
in October, was unchanged in November.  The energy index increased 0.1
percent in November, following a 0.2 percent rise in October.  In November,
the index for petroleum-based energy increased 0.1 percent, while the index
for energy services declined 0.1 percent.  Excluding food and energy, the
CPI-U rose 0.3 percent, following a 0.2 percent rise in October.  A sharp
upturn in the tobacco index was principally responsible for the larger
advance in November. ...  
   REAL EARNINGS -- Real average weekly earnings declined by 0.1 percent
from October to November after seasonal adjustment, according to preliminary
data.  A 0.3 percent decrease in average weekly hours and a 0.2 percent
increase in the CPI-W were partially offset by a 0.4 percent increase in
average hourly earnings. ...  Over the year, real average weekly earnings
fell by 0.1 percent. ...  

__Wholesale prices for finished goods inched up only 0.1 percent during
November, allaying some analysts' concerns about inflation resulting from
the nation's low unemployment rate, but also showing that businesses have
little power to raise prices.  November's modest increase in producer prices
was largely attributable to weaker gains in energy prices, which grew only
0.4 percent during the month, the Bureau of Labor Statistics says.  Over the
past 12 months, the prices for finished goods have increased 3.7 percent;
excluding the volatile food and energy sectors, the core PPI was unchanged
in November and is up 1.0 percent from last year. ...  (Brett Ferguson in
Daily Labor Report, page A-8).
__Prices paid to producers in November showed the smallest gain in 3 months,
and business inventories rose in October, indicating that companies have
little latitude to raise prices.  The Fed's efforts to slow the economy and
control inflation seem to be taking hold. The report on producer prices
suggests that inflation is becoming less of a threat to a record economic
expansion that is about to enter its 11th year. ...  A separate Labor
Department report showed initial jobless claims declined 32,000, to a level
of 320,000 for the week ended Dec. 9. ...  Business inventories rose in
October, after rising 0.2 percent a month earlier, the Commerce Department
report showed. ...  (Bloomberg News in New York Times, page C9).
__Federal Reserve policy makers gearing up to meet in Washington, D.C., next
week got a dose of holiday cheer, as new data showed inflation remains tame
while the economy continues to cool.  The producer price index, which gauges
inflation pressures before they reach consumers, slipped 0.1 percent in
November after gaining 0.4 percent a month earlier. ...  (Yochi J. Dreazen
in Wall Street Journal, page A2).

Faced with slowing economic growth and a highly uncertain short-term
economic outlook, a number of Federal Reserve officials have concluded that
the risk of serious weakness in the economy is as great as the risk that
inflation will get worse, according to interviews in recent weeks.  The
officials, who will meet Tuesday as the Federal Open Market Committee, the
central bank's top policymaking group, are expected to adopt that view
formally. ...  (Washington Post, page E1).

The U.S. current account deficit hit yet another record in the third
quarter. ...  Growth in goods imports outstripped export growth, while
service exports, usually an American strength, failed to expand as much as
American purchases of foreign services. ...  (Wall Street Journal, page A2).


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2000-12-14 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, WEDNESDAY, DECEMBER 13, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:  The U.S. Import Price Index increased 0.2 percent in
November.  The increase was largely attributable to a rise in imported
petroleum prices.  The Export Price Index was unchanged in November. ...

On-the-job injuries and illnesses declined another 4 percent in 1999, and
the nation's injury and illnesses rate -- 6.3 cases for every 100 workers --
was the lowest since the federal government began reporting annual injury
figures, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics.  Some 5.7 million
total nonfatal injuries and illnesses were counted for 1999, compared with
6.1 million in 1998.  Most of the injuries and illnesses counted for 1999 --
some 5.3 million -- were injuries, BLS reports. ...  The overall rate of 6.3
cases per 100 workers in 1999 is evidence of a consistent decline in the
nation's injury and illness rate from the 1973 high of 11.0 per 100 workers
in the bureau's first survey. ...  Manufacturing continues to report the
highest injury and illness rate of 9.2 cases per 100, BLS says. ...  (Daily
Labor Report, page D-1).

The nation's purchasing managers say it is getting harder to pass along
increases in wages and commodity prices to customers, offering evidence that
the spur in energy prices and the tight labor market aren't sparking a new
round of inflation.  Only 13 percent of purchasing managers in manufacturing
and 25 percent of those outside manufacturing told the National Association
of Purchasing Management that their companies are able to pass along all or
most cost increases.  A year earlier, 17 percent of manufacturers and 36
percent of the nonmanufacturers said they were able to do so. ...  (Wall
Street Journal, page A2)_Manufacturers are less optimistic about the
business outlook for 2001 than they were for 2000, with the strong U.S.
dollar, high energy prices, foreign competition, slower economic growth at
home and abroad, and higher interest rates expected to curb activity.
Manufacturing firms' growth will continue next year, with activity in the
second half outpacing activity in the first 6 months. ...  (Daily Labor
Report, page A-8).

Recent volatility in wholesale energy markets is undermining the credit
ratings and may eventually crimp the borrowing ability of some of the
nation's biggest utilities, long regarded in the credit markets as some of
the safest bets around.  It is the worst out West, where the price of power
to be delivered today hit a new high of $1,182 per megawatt hour on
California's state sanctioned auction, a benchmark for the entire region.
That compared with $30 a year ago. ...  (Wall Street Journal, page A2).

Customers will face record natural gas prices all winter because of soaring
demand and a dwindling supply, energy experts told Congress. ...  (Wall
Street Journal, page A2).

Skittish retailers are still waiting for the buying rush.  Even though most
merchants have set sales-growth targets lower than last year's, several
major chains so far are having trouble meeting even those targets during the
critical holiday shopping period, according to the investment firm UBS
Warburg.  Retailers and retail analysts have said all along that this year's
shopping season would be less spectacular than last year's and would get off
to a slow start because there are more days than usual between Thanksgiving
and Christmas.  But the snapshots taken by organizations that track retail
sales and traffic suggest that even those cautious forecasts may have been
too optimistic. ...  (Washington Post, page E3).

Microsoft agreed to pay $97 million yesterday to settle an 8-year-old
class-action lawsuit  in which thousands of temporary employees accused the
company of improperly denying them benefits.  Microsoft reached this
settlement, one of the largest ever received by a group a temporary
employees, after the workers had sued the company, maintaining that they
were actually permanent employees, not temporaries, and therefore deserved
the same benefits as regular workers.  This lawsuit, originally filed in
December 1992, was by far the most prominent lawsuit in the nation attacking
a popular practice in which many companies hired workers as temps, kept them
for a year or more, and did not provide them with regular permanent employee
benefits.  In recent years, partly in reaction to the lawsuit, Microsoft has
taken several major steps to change its employment policies. ...  (New York
Times, page C1; Washington Post, page E1; Wall Street Journal, page C10;
Daily Labor Report, page AA-1).

DUE OUT TOMORROW:  Producer Price Indexes -- November 2000


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2000-12-13 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, TUESDAY, DECEMBER 12, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:  A total of 5.7 million injuries and illnesses were reported
in private industry workplaces during 1999, resulting in a rate of 6.3 cases
per 100 equivalent full-time workers.  Employers reported a 4 percent drop
in the number of cases and a 2 percent increase in the hours worked compared
with 1998, reducing the case rate from 6.7 in 1998 to 6.3 in 1999.  The rate
for 1999 was the lowest since BLS began reporting this information in the
early 1970s. ...

The economy continues to shift toward high technology, but a coming wave of
baby-boomer retirements also will boost demand for more traditional skills.
The Bureau of Labor Statistics predicts employers will replace about 25
percent more retirees between 2003 and 2008 than they did between 1993 and
1998.  Demand will be greatest for secretaries, drivers of heavy trucks,
elementary school teachers, and industrial engineers (Wall Street Journal's
"Work Life" feature, page A1).

With 6,000 Internet job sites in operation, the BLS says more than twice as
many people now look for work online than use private employment agencies.
[Based on research by outside authors published in the October 2000 Monthly
Labor Review]  (The Wall Street Journal's "Work Life" feature, page A1).

The epidemic of back injuries among nurses is to be the subject of research
at a Florida veterans' hospital. ...  The type of worker most prone to
having a bad back may not be a construction laborer, truck loader, of
warehouse worker -- but rather a nurse, according to figures for BLS. ...
(Daily Labor Report, page A-5).

The nation's jobless rate rose in November and third-quarter growth was its
most sluggish in 4 years.  Yet the labor market remains tight and experts
say it may stay so.  An employment outlook survey of 16,000 companies by
Milwaukee staffing firm Manpower Inc. found 27 percent expect to increase
staff next year while 58 percent will maintain current employment levels.
Manpower says the job market is so tight that employers who add staff for
peak business periods, such as retailers, should recruit workers year round
to stay competitive (Wall Street Journal's "Work Life" feature, page A1).

__Mirroring an expected slowdown in the nation's economy, nonfarm employment
in California, which has grown at a 3 percent or better pace for 4
consecutive years, will slow markedly in 2001 and 2002 to about half the 3.6
percent gain recorded this year, the quarterly UCLA  Anderson Forecast
predicts. ...  Few economists expect a recession next year, although most
forecasters have lowered their growth projections in recent weeks amid
mounting reports of sluggish growth. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page
A-2)_California's economy will weaken due to the shakeout in Silicon
Valley, but it will continue to outpace the rest of the U.S., several
economists forecast. ...  (Wall Street Journal, page A2).

__The percentage of American workers who received health insurance coverage
through an employer increased between 1998 and 1999, the Employee Benefit
Research Institute says.  According to EBRI, employers were the source of
coverage for 158.4 million Americans in 1999, up from 154.8 million in 1998.
In 1999, 73.3 percent of American workers were covered by an employer-based
health plan, up from 72.8 percent in 1998.  EBRI said the expansion
continued a longer-term trend that began in 1993, and based its analysis
upon Census data. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-4).
__Employment is the most important factor in obtaining health care coverage
for most nonelderly Americans, a new survey by the Health Insurance
Association of America found.  The HIAA survey found that more than three
out of five workers, or 63 percent, receive job-based coverage and nearly
three out of four workers, or 74 percent, were offered health insurance by
their employer.  However, 13.6 million of the 17 million uninsured workers
were not offered health insurance by their employers, the survey found.
Lower-income workers -- especially those who work part time -- are less
likely to be offered job-based coverage and less likely to accept such
coverage if offered. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-7).
__The cost of employer-sponsored health insurance benefits will rise 11
percent next year, and many employers say they will pass on more of the
expense to workers, according to a national survey of employers.  Two out of
five employers plan to deduct more money from employees' paychecks for
health benefits next year, the survey of 3,326 companies by William M.
Mercer Inc., a New York-based consulting firm, found.  Last year, one in
five employers said they would increase employee health insurance payments.
...  (Washington Post, page E1).
__New York benefits consultant William M. Mercer Inc. says employer
health-benefit costs rose 8.1 percent in 2000.  But the job market is making
employers reluctant to pass those costs on to current worke

BLS Daily Report

2000-12-12 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, FRIDAY, DECEMBER 8, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:  Payroll employment increased by 94,000 in November, and the
unemployment rate was essentially unchanged at 4.0 percent.  Employment rose
by 148,000 in the private sector, with gains in the service-producing
industries.  Employment was little changed in the goods-producing industries
and declined in government.  Average hourly earnings increased by 6 cents.
...  

Teenagers are gaining work experience at increasingly younger ages, with 80
percent of those 16 and older reporting at least part-time employment during
some part of the year, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics.  "Even
at these relatively young ages, youths enrolled in school began forming
strong year-round attachments to the formal labor market," said the report
drawing on the national longitudinal survey of youth who were between the
ages of 12 and 17 when first interviewed. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page
D-3).

With large numbers of electronic commerce firms and the country's automakers
leading the pack, U.S. companies announced 44,152 job reductions during
November, according to the international outplacement firm Challenger, Gray
 Christmas Inc.  The November increase marked the fifth consecutive month
that the firm's survey has shown a rise of more than 40,000 job cuts.  That
brings the total layoffs announced between July and November to more than
250,000, the report said. ...  Labor Department figures on claims filed for
state unemployment insurance benefits showed that, while the level of new
claims filed declined in the most recent week, the total remained the
highest in 2 years. ...  For the January-to-November period of this year,
the auto industry has accounted for the largest number of layoff
announcements, with a total of 59,621.  Second is retail, with 56,623. ...
(Daily Labor Report, page A-9).

Information technology professionals have been working longer hours but
achieving less throughout 2000 as the turnover rate has grown dramatically,
according to a study conducted by the Stamford, Conn.-based IT consulting
firm Meta Group.  It found that information technology professionals in the
United States are working an average of 2,157 hours per year, up 36 percent
from 1999 levels.  More than 8,000 individuals contacted in firms throughout
the United States participated in the study, Meta Group said.  At the same
time, productivity has fallen nearly 47 percent, and the turnover rate grew
to 10.2 percent, up from 7.9 percent in 1999.  A possible explanation for
the productivity decline is the adoption of new technologies and practices
that many IT workers are not familiar with, a Meta Group researcher says.
However, those IT professionals who have more experience with the new
technologies can command a premium in the labor market, leading to a higher
turnover rate as talented workers are lured away by higher-paying jobs.  The
study also said the trend toward more work for IT professionals is expected
to grow in 2001. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-9).

The nation's drum-tight labor markets are beginning to loosen somewhat,
government figures showed, providing further evidence that U.S. economic
growth has shifted to a slower pace from the extraordinarily rapid rates of
the past couple of years.  As a result, the nation's 3.9 percent jobless
rate -- the lowest in 3 decades -- is likely to also head upward, and that
may be evidence as  soon as today, when the Labor Department releases its
employment report for last month. ...  The easing of the labor market has
become apparent in the number of initial claims for unemployment benefits
filed by workers who have lost their jobs, a number some economists are
watching closely for signs of whether the slowdown in growth may turn into
something worse.  The number ticked downward last week, but the volatile
weekly figures still seem to show a clear, substantial upward trend. ...
(Washington Post, page E1).

Traffic at department stores slid close to 5 percent last week from a year
ago, and mall sales fell 6.9 percent, despite a hefty bout of promotional
sales.  With the stock market shaky and mounting signs of an economic
slowdown, the midseason lull is making retailers particularly edgy this
year.  Despite a selling sweep on a handful of unexpectedly popular toys,
most economists are predicting that holiday sales will be lukewarm this
Christmas. And one big fear is lurking in many retailers' minds, that a last
minute snowstorm will keep some shoppers from resuming their shopping spree
on December 23.  Over the last decade, the busiest shopping day of the year
has shifted from the day after Thanksgiving to the Saturday before
Christmas. ...  (The Wall Street Journal, page B1).

Medical costs are rising and insurance premiums could jump 20 percent --
signs that managed care isn't working, says USA Today (page 1A).  The
biggest jumps in health insurance premiums in a decade are forecast for next
year -- 10 to 

BLS Daily Report

2000-12-11 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, MONDAY, DECEMBER 11, 2000

__The pace of job creation across the U.S. economy was sluggish in November,
as modest gains in the private sector were blunted by unexpected declines in
government hiring, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics.  The
civilian unemployment rate edged up 0.1 percentage point to 4.0 percent in
November.  Payroll employment excluding agriculture grew by only 94,000 in
November, marking the second straight month that payrolls expanded by fewer
than 100,000, according to revised figures. ...  Analysts generally
interpret the November jobs report as buttressing the "soft landing"
scenario that most forecasters currently subscribe to.  Manufacturing
remained weak and construction payrolls were down modestly after 2 months of
substantial gains. ...  BLS Commissioner Katharine Abraham characterized the
November growth as showing continued employment gains in several industries,
"tempered by a larger decline in government payrolls and a lack of job
growth in construction, manufacturing, and several service industries." ...
(Pam Ginsbach in Daily Labor Report, page D-1; statement of Commissioner
Abraham, page E-1).
__With U.S. economic growth slowing, the nation's unemployment rate ticked
up to 4 percent last month, while employers' payrolls grew only moderately.
Analysts said the report provided further confirmation that growth has
slowed recently from the very rapid pace of the first half of this year,
which many economists and policymakers regarded as unsustainable.  However,
the details showed little sign of excessive weakness that would point to a
serious slump. ...  (John M. Berry in Washington Post, Dec. 9, page E1).
__Businesses continued to increase their work forces in November, but at a
slower rate than they did in the first half of the year. ...  (New York
Times, page B1).
__The nation's unemployment rate is beginning to rise after months of
hovering near a three-decade low.  Many analysts are wondering just how far,
and how fast, the rate will ultimately climb. ...  (Yochi J. Dreazen in Wall
Street Journal, page A2).

More companies are permitting new employees to participate in 401(k) and
profit sharing plans without a waiting period, according to a new survey
released by the Profit Sharing/401(k) Council of America.  The study finds
37 percent of 401(k) plans surveyed permit employees to begin contributing
during the first month of employment, up from 24 percent in 1998; 52 percent
of the 401(k) plans studied permit employees to begin saving within 3 months
of hire, up from 32 percent of plans in 1998. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page
A3).

The Wall Street Journal's feature "Tracking the Economy" (page A12) predicts
that import prices in November will rise 0.5 percent when released
Wednesday, according to the Thomson Global Forecast.  The actual change in
October was minus 0.5 percent.  Import prices excluding petroleum are
expected to up ).1 percent in November. ...  The November producer price
index, to be released Thursday, is predicted to be up 0.2 percent; the
actual October index figure was 0.4 percent.  Excluding food and energy, the
November PPI is predicted to be up 0.1 percent; the actual October index was
minus 0.1 percent. ...  The November consumer price index, to be released
Friday, is predicted to be up 0.2 percent, the same as the October index.
The consumer price index excluding food and energy also is expected to be up
0.2 percent, the same as in October. 

DUE OUT TOMORROW:  Workplace Injuries and Illnesses in 1999


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2000-12-08 Thread Richardson_D

DAILY LABOR REPORT, THURSDAY, DECEMBER 7, 2000

__Productivity in the nation's nonfarm business sector moderated to a 3.3
percent annual rate of growth in the third quarter, reflecting the overall
economic slowdown, BLS says, releasing revised figures.  The agency also
says unit labor costs in the quarter were the highest in more than a year.
...  National Association of Manufacturers President Jerry Jasinowski said
the latest BLS figures indicate that corporations are responding to cost
increases "not by raising prices but by cutting expenses."  Federal Reserve
Chairman Alan Greenspan said he believed that, even as the overall rate of
economic growth and productivity gains have slowed, "during the summer
months output per hour advanced at a pace sufficiently impressive to affirm
a definitely elevated underlying rate of structural productivity growth from
the levels of a decade ago." ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-1).
__The productivity of workers, which has underpinned the nation's record
economic expansion, rose in the third quarter, but at a much slower pace
than in the previous one.  Nonfarm productivity, which measures the output
per worker outside the farm sector, rose at an annual rate of 3.3 percent in
the third quarter, down from an initial estimate of 3.8 percent.  That was
weaker than the 3.5 percent gain forecast by Wall Street economists and much
slower than the 6.1 percent advance in the second quarter. ...  (Reuters
story in New York Times, page C10).

The Federal Reserve reports economic growth slowed further in November and
consumer prices held steady despite tight labor markets and rising health
care benefits costs. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-12)___ __Just a day
after Chairman Alan Greenspan said the Federal Reserve was alert to the
possibility of a sharp economic slowdown, the central bank's latest survey
of regional economic conditions made clear that the situation is far from
dire.  Eight of the Fed's 12 regions reported slower growth, with only New
York, Philadelphia, Atlanta, and Minneapolis experiencing steady growth. ...
The survey found inflation didn't budge much, despite rising wages and
health-care costs.  The ultratight labor market eased, though scattered
labor shortages continued. ...  ( Wall Street Journal, page A2)

The economy showed further signs of slower growth in November, with weakness
in auto sales, manufacturing, and construction, the Federal Reserve said.
In its latest survey of business conditions around the country, the Fed said
eight districts -- Boston, Cleveland, Richmond, Chicago, St. Louis, Kansas
City, Dallas, and San Francisco -- were seeing signs of a slowdown, while
New York, Philadelphia, Atlanta, and Minneapolis reported "moderate, steady
growth."  The Fed survey, known as the beige book for the color of its
cover, will be used when the central bank's policymakers meet Dec. 19 to
determine whether to adjust interest rates. ...  Financial analysts are not
expecting the Fed policymakers to cut interest rates at its December
meeting, but they do believe they will shift their policy statement to
neutral, away from the position of worrying more about higher inflation than
about weakness in the economy.  The beige book says that, while labor
markets remained tight around the country, wage growth had continued
generally to be moderate.  It did note "widespread reports of increased
costs for employee health benefits."  Meanwhile, the BLS released a revised
estimate showing that productivity, the key to rising living standards, rose
at a solid annual rate of 3.3 percent in the July-September quarter.  That
figure was slightly lower than an estimate a month ago that productivity was
rising at a 3.8 percent annual rate. In a potentially worrisome development,
unit labor costs, a key measure of wage pressures, rose at a 2.9 percent
annual rate in the third quarter, the fastest pace since a 4.3 percent jump
in the April-June quarter of 1999.  The new third quarter figure represented
an upward revision from an original estimate of a 2.5 percent increase in
labor costs. ...  (AP story by Martin Crutsinger in Washington Post, page
E3).

Cursed for generations by unemployment and emigration, newly prosperous
Ireland has embarked on a global recruitment drive as it runs out of workers
to fill the jobs created by its flourishing economy. ...  The turnaround has
been relatively swift. ...  The boom, in which the economy has grown at an
average annual rate of 9 percent in recent years, has been fueled by massive
investment by foreign companies, many in the high-tech sector.  Attracted by
the presence of a well-educated English-speaking work force, low corporate
tax rates, and relatively low wages, companies such as Microsoft Corp. and
Intel Corp. have established key European operations on the Emerald Isle.
...  The labor pool has grown through an increase in the number of working
women, while unemployment has fallen to a record low of 3.7 percent. There
are as 

BLS Daily Report

2000-12-07 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, WEDNESDAY, DECEMBER 6, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:  The revised seasonally adjusted annual rates of
productivity growth in the third quarter were 2.8 percent in the business
sector and 3.3 percent in the nonfarm business sector.  The increases in
labor productivity for the business and nonfarm business sectors are the
result of increases in output combined with small declines in the hours of
all persons working in the sector.  In manufacturing, revised productivity
increases in the third quarter were 7.3 percent in manufacturing, 11.2
percent in durable goods manufacturing, and 1.7 percent in nondurable goods
manufacturing. ...  

Although the number of mass layoff events was down over the first 9 months
of this year compared with 1999, the number of workers filing initial claims
for unemployment insurance benefits was somewhat higher, according to the
Bureau of Labor Statistics.  In October alone, BLS tracked 874 mass layoff
events which involved 103,755 persons who filed UI claims. ...  (Daily Labor
Report, page D-1).  

Nonmanufacturing business activity grew at a slightly faster pace in
November, but weakening demand for new orders has some companies
anticipating a slowdown, the National Association of Purchasing Managers
says, reporting on its monthly survey of more than 370 purchasing
executives.  Another change since October is the increase in service sector
employment as firms worked to either fill vacancies or expand their
operations.  Nineteen percent of survey respondents said they increased
employment levels in November, compared with 10 percent who said they cut
jobs during the month.  The industries reporting the highest rates of growth
in employment during November included legal services, insurance,
construction, mining, business services, and transportation. ...  (Daily
Labor Report, page A-10).

Figures released by the Federal Reserve show the U.S. industrial sector
posted an annual average increase of 5.4 percent in total output between
1996 and the third quarter of 2000.  The Fed's revision in industrial
production and capacity utilization figures are part of its annual update
that incorporates new information from various sources.  Industrial
production figures, for example, are derived from data compiled by the
Commerce Department's Census Bureau, the Labor Department's Bureau of Labor
Statistics, and others. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-11).

Financial markets rallied strongly after Federal Reserve Chairman Alan
Greenspan acknowledged that U.S. economic growth has slowed "appreciably,"
convincing many investors that the central bank will begin to cut short-term
interest rates if growth slows too much. ...  (Washington Post, page A1; New
York Times, page A1; Wall Street Journal, page A2).
 
According to TeleCheck Services Inc., same-store sales were up 3.2 percent
over last year's tally during the first 10 holiday shopping days, compared
with the 4.9 percent increase registered last year.  But two other reports
suggested a sharp slowdown after the post-Thanksgiving 3-day weekend.
According to the International Council of Shopping Centers, sales from Nov.
27 to Dec. 3 at specialty stores in the nation's malls were 6.9 percent
lower than in the equivalent period last year.  And the National Retail
Federation said RCT Systems Inc. reported that mall traffic was down 2.3
percent during that same period, while traffic at department stores was down
4.6 percent. ...  Meanwhile, online shopping registered an increase of 140
percent during the week that included Thanksgiving, according to a survey by
Goldman Sachs Group Inc. and PC  Data Inc. ...  Online sales for the season
may double this year, the numbers suggest. ...  (Washington Post, page E3).

Americans are buying less jewelry and fewer homes than they did a year ago.
Personal computers are gathering dust on warehouse shelves.  Sales of
airplane tickets and minivans have flattened in recent weeks.  Just as the
country has entered the most important shopping season of the year,
consumers are holding back, reacting to a lower stock market and higher
energy costs and interest rates.  At the moment, the prospects for next year
do not seem much better.  The enthusiasm of American consumers for spending
and borrowing, which has sustained the economy whenever it seemed to falter
over the last decade, now appears to be at its lowest point in perhaps 5
years, economists say.  Of course, those 5 years have been among the
strongest in history, analysts say, and the economy continues to grow today
at a rate that would have seemed healthy at many other times during the last
3 decades.  Most economists still believe the United States is unlikely to
enter a recession in the next 12 months, even if the odds have risen lately.
...  (New York Times, December 3, page 1).

These days, committing to a company for life is out of vogue.  Job-hoppers
are everywhere.  But the faithful colleagues they leave behind may be loyal

BLS Daily Report

2000-12-06 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, TUESDAY, DECEMBER 5, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:  In October 2000, there were 874 mass layoff actions by
employers as measured by new filings for unemployment insurance benefits
during the month.  Each action involved at least 50 persons from a single
establishment, and the number of workers involved totaled 103,755.  The
number of layoff events and initial claims for unemployment insurance were
the lowest for the month of October since the series began in 1995, due, in
part, to a calendar effect.  (October 2000 contained 4 weeks that ended in
the month compared with 5 weeks in each of the prior three Octobers.)  From
January through October 2000, the total number of layoff events (11,364) was
slightly lower than in January-October 1999, while the total number of
initial claims (1,292,335) was somewhat higher. ...  

San Jose, Calif., had the nation's highest average pay level last year, at
$61,110 a year, says the Bureau of Labor Statistics ("Work Week" feature of
Wall Street Journal, page A1).

The index of leading indicators fell 0.2 percent in October, as
manufacturers ordered fewer consumer goods and stocks tumbled, the
Conference Board says. The index now stands at 105.5, its lowest point since
the same number was recorded in October 1999. ...  An economist at the
Conference Board says, "The three factors to this trend are economic
cooling, job vacancies with no one to fill them, and the continued negative
yield curve which makes the leading indicators overstate the loss of
momentum in economic activity."  He added that the leading indicators index
continues to point toward a "cooling of still strong economic conditions,"
while interest rates and growth restrains will dictate the pace and timing
of how much slower the economy will be this winter. ...  (Daily Labor
Report, page D-1).

New home sales moderated in October, after surging the month before, further
evidence that economic growth is slowing to a more sustainable pace.
Americans purchased new single-family homes at a seasonally adjusted annual
rate of 928,000 in October, a 2.6 percent drop from September, the Commerce
Department said (Washington Post, page E2).

Sales of new homes fell 2.6 percent in October, but were still on pace for
the second-best year on record, the Commerce Department reported.  A
separate report showed a decline in the index of leading economic
indicators. ...  Builders will sell 898,000 new homes this year, compared
with 907,000 sold in 1999.  Low unemployment and falling mortgage rates are
giving buyers the confidence to purchase homes, even at record prices.  The
nationwide median price of a new home rose 2.9 percent in October, to a
record $174,900 from the $169,900 in September. ...  (New York Times, page
C12)_With mortgage rates falling and demand high, new home sales
remained strong in October, suggesting that the housing sector may provide a
cushion for the broader economy. ...  So far this year, total sales are just
1 percent below last year's current level. ...  These numbers mean that the
housing sector could offset difficulties elsewhere in the economy,
especially in manufacturing, says the chief economist at First Union Bank
Corp. in Charlotte, N.C. ...  In a separate report, the Conference Board
said its Index of Leading Indicators, a closely watched gauge of future
economic conditions, slipped 0.2 percent in October after remaining
unchanged a month earlier.  Since January, the index has declined in 5
months and remained flat in 4 others, though analysts said than the measure
is stronger than it appears. ...  (Wall Street Journal, page A2).

Insurers and health plan managers expect employee health benefit cost trends
to rise about 10 to 15 percent next year, depending on the type.  The
projections are based on past price moves, benefits usage, and other factors
and will help set employer rates for the coming year.  But if recent history
is a guide, costs could trail those projections.  Segal Co., a New York
benefits consultant, compares past projections with what actually happened
and found that actual increases were usually smaller than projected
increases. ...  ("Work Week" feature of Wall Street Journal, page A1).

Of about 400 employers surveyed by Watson Wyatt Worldwide, 27 percent
rewarded at least some employees with a reduced work week this year,
compared with 19 percent last year ("Work Week" feature of Wall Street
Journal, page A1).

DUE OUT TOMORROW:  Productivity and Costs -- Third Quarter 2000 (Revised)


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily report

2000-12-05 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, MONDAY, DECEMBER 4, 2000

The Wall Street Journal's "Tracking the Economy" (A15) says that the BLS
productivity figure for the third quarter, to be released Wednesday, is
likely to be 3.5 percent, according to the Thomson Global Forecast, in
comparison to the previous preliminary figure of 3.8 percent.  BLS' November
unemployment rate, to be released Friday, is expected to be 4.0 percent,
compared with the actual figure of 3.9 percent for October.  Nonfarm
payrolls are projected to have risen 148,000 in November, compared with
137,000 in October.  November average hourly earnings, also to be released
Friday, are expected to move up 0.3 percent, slightly less than the 0.4
percent increase for October.

Business activity in the manufacturing sector contracted at a faster rate in
November, falling for the fourth consecutive month and reaching its lowest
level of the year, according to a survey by the National Association of
Purchasing Managers.  NAPM's purchasing manager's index of manufacturing
activity slid 0.6 percentage point to 47.7 percent in November, down from
the 12-month high of 57.1 percent posted in November 1999.  NAPM said a
purchasing manager's index below 50 generally shows that the manufacturing
economy is contracting, while a number above 50 would show that it is
expanding.  Analysts said the slowdown in manufacturing activity still is
consistent with a "soft landing," and the NAPM index historically has not
signaled a recession until it has fallen below 45 percent. ...
Manufacturing employment contracted in November, falling 1.9 percentage
points to 46 percent as companies that indicated they were maintaining
employment levels in October decided to cut jobs in November.  The five
industries that reported growth in employment during November were
instruments and photographic equipment, wood and wood products, electronic
components and equipment, food, and chemicals (Daily Labor Report, page A-2;
New York Times, Dec. 2, page B1).

These are rough times for the nation's old-line manufacturers, who are
feeling the sting of higher interest rates, falling domestic demand, and a
global economic slowdown.  For many construction companies, by contrast,
business is better than it has been in months, as developers pour hundreds
of millions of dollars into apartment buildings and business construction.
The two industries' differing fortunes are complicating efforts to gauge the
duration and intensity of the economic slowdown.  The National Association
of Purchasing Management said its manufacturing index declined for the
fourth consecutive month in November, indicating the sector continues to
slow significantly.  If extended over a year, the data would be consistent
with an economy inching up an anemic 1.9 percent. The Commerce Department,
by contrast, said that construction spending jumped 0.9 percent in October,
to its second highest level on record, suggesting that the sector will offer
a sizable boost to overall economic growth. ...  (Wall Street Journal, page
A2).

The combined sales of Detroit-based automakers fell 3.5 percent last month,
compared with November of last year.  While sales are still at a level that
would have been considered very strong until the last 2 years, they have now
lagged last year's pace in 6 of the last 7 months -- and much more
production capacity is becoming available.  General Motors, Ford Motor, and
DaimlerChrysler have already responded by eliminating overtime and briefly
closing a few factories.  Ford and the Chrysler unit of DaimlerChrysler both
announced further temporary closings. ...  (New York Times, Dec. 2, page B1)

Liberal arts graduates can expect to be more sought after this year and to
be offered better salaries, according to the 30th annual recruiting trends
survey conducted by the Collegiate Employment Research Institute at Michigan
State University.  Among the reasons:  the earlier-than-predicted
retirements of the oldest baby boomers.  Also, with the high tech industry
booming, employers have changed their attitudes about liberal arts majors.
A total of 380 employers primarily in the manufacturing and professional
services sectors responded to the survey(USA Today, page 8D).

Expressing their growing concerns about the economic outlook, the National
Association of Manufacturers officials say they will urge Congress and the
new administration to promptly turn their attention to policy initiatives --
including tax cuts -- to keep the economy growing. ...  The Federal Reserve
should start reducing short-term interest rates to spur growth, the
president of the NAM says.  The central bank's Federal Open Market Committee
generally is expected to remain on the sidelines when it next meets Dec. 19.
...  Factory employment losses have totaled 121,000 over the year ended in
October, according to the latest report from the Bureau of Labor Statistics.
...  Higher energy prices and rising interest rates have hit manufactur

BLS Daily Report

2000-12-04 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, FRIDAY, DECEMBER 1, 2000

The idea that the United States is increasingly a nation of entrepreneurs
and self-starters has become accepted wisdom. ...  Thirty million Americans
are now some form of freelancer, recent articles in business magazines have
proclaimed. ...  There is a problem, however, with this futuristic vision:
It does not appear to jibe with reality.  Rather than booming in recent
years, self-employment has declined both in numbers and as a share of the
work force.  In the strong economy, it seems large companies desperate for
additional workers have managed to lure employees from all over, in part by
offering some of the benefits of self-employment.  At the same time, the
difficulties of entrepreneurship have become less tolerable.  Since 1994,
the number of self-employed Americans outside agriculture has fallen by
146,000, to 12.9 million, according to BLS.  The period between 1994 and
1999, hailed as a golden age for entrepreneurs, is the first 5-year span
since the 1960s in which the number of self-employed fell.  By contrast, for
most of the last 3 decades, self-employment grew slightly faster than the
overall labor force. ...  The drop has taken place in every region of the
country, with the greatest falloff in Western states that still have higher
self-employment rates than other areas, said Steve Hipple, an economist at
BLS. ...  (David Leonhardt in New York Times, page A1).

A steady stream of lackluster numbers from November's key economic
indicators has analysts looking to the weakening job market for confirmation
that the Federal Reserve Board's efforts to cool the economy are working as
intended. ...  Analysts say they expect to see the unemployment rate climb
to between 4.25 and 4.5 percent by June 2001, perhaps relieving some of the
pressure on the labor market to improve benefits and wages. "Productivity
growth slowed to 3.8 percent in the third quarter -- and it is likely to be
revised lower -- while labor costs were up," showing there is pressure on
profits and a likelihood for a strong rise in inflation unless the labor
market begins to loosen up, says a senior researcher at Northern Trust Co.
in Chicago. ...  "Consumers may face pressure from the higher energy costs,
which could also be made worse by inflationary pressures resulting from a
weakening dollar amid the political and economic uncertainty," he continued.
...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-1).

New claims for benefits filed with state unemployment insurance agencies
rose by 19,000 to a total of 358,000 for the week ended November 25, the
Employment and Training Administration of the Department of Labor reports.
The level of claims for the week was the highest in more than 2 years the
agency says.  The 4-week moving average of new claims climbed by 12,000 to
343,000.  This total also was the highest since July 1998.  Analysts said
the latest UI claims data fit with other recent reports of an easy in the
country's labor market.  ETA attributed the increase to mounting layoffs in
a wide range of industries -- including construction, manufacturing, and
some service sectors (Daily Labor Report, page D-3)_For months, analysts
have watched the nation's jobless rate hover near 3.9 percent, a 30-year
low, and wondered when it would move higher.  If a new batch of worrisome
data is to be believed, that time may be drawing near.  The Labor Department
says first-time claims for unemployment benefits soared 19,000 last week,
their sixth consecutive increase.  The advance brought the measure to its
highest level in more than 2 years.  The data suggest the labor market,
which has shown moderate signs of easing, may weaken significantly in coming
months.  Many analysts expect the jobless rate for October to increase to 4
percent, it not a bit higher, from September's 3.9 percent.  A growing array
of economists say the unemployment rate will hit 4.5 percent next year,
translating into the loss of about 845,400 jobs. ...  (Wall Street Journal,
page A2).

The Conference Board reports that the help-wanted advertising index rose
only 1 percentage point in October, to 79 percent.  The index has declined
gradually since early this year.  In October 1999, it stood at 86 percent.
...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-2).

Personal income declined for the first time in nearly 2 years, and consumer
spending inched ahead in October, sending the U.S. personal savings rate to
a new low, the Commerce Department reports.  Its Bureau of Economic Analysis
shows that personal income slumped 0.2 percent in October. Economists,
however, said the unexpected slump in income was no cause for alarm, noting
that a reversal in one-time farm subsidy payments in September held down
October's income gains. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-5; New York Times,
page C7)_After scoring large gains in September, both personal income
and consumer spending appeared weak last month.  But analysts said the 2
months should b

BLS Daily Report

2000-11-30 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY LABOR REPORT, WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 29, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:  In October, 200 metropolitan areas recorded unemployment
rates below the U.S. average (3.6 percent not seasonally adjusted), while
124 areas registered higher rates.  Thirty-five metropolitan areas had
jobless rates below 2.0 percent, with 19 of these located in the Midwest, 8
in New England, and 7 in the South.  Among the six areas with rates above
10.0 percent, four were in the West and two were in the South. ...  

Two California metropolitan areas with concentrations of high-tech workers
--San Jose, the hub of Silicon Valley, and San Francisco -- were among the
highest-paid workforces in the country in 1999, according to the Bureau of
Labor Statistics.  San Jose posted an annual average of $61,110 in overall
pay.  New York was second with an average of $52,351, followed by San
Francisco with an average of $50,169. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-1).

Presidential politics and concerns about higher oil prices as the nation
heads into the winter months trimmed consumer confidence in November, but
not enough to dampen holiday spending, the Conference Board reports. ...
The employment outlook turned less favorable, with only 15.0 percent of
respondents expecting jobs to become more plentiful over the next 6 months,
down from 18.6 percent a month earlier. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page
A-10).

Orders to U.S. factories for big-ticket manufactured goods fell 5.5 percent
in October, as demand for metals including steel dropped the most in nearly
2 years, the Commerce Department reported.  The report said that last
month's decline in orders for durable goods, items expected to last 3 or
more years, was the first since a 13.2 percent decrease in July.  Orders
rose 2.4 percent in September. ...  (New York Times, page C2).

Statistics reinforce slowdown.  Consumer optimism about the U.S. economy
fell in November to the lowest level in more than a year. ...  A separate
report shows a 5.5 percent decline in October orders to factories for such
durable goods as aircraft, furniture, and machinery.  This underscores the
fact that higher borrowing costs are injecting some caution into Americans'
spending plans.  The durable goods decline was the largest since July. ...
(Washington Post, page E2)_Durable goods orders fell sharply in October,
suggesting that business investment in new technology and machinery will
cool in coming months.  Separately, uncertainty over the presidential
election took a bite out of consumer confidence, leaving it at its lowest
level in more than a year. ...  (Wall Street Journal, page A2)

The value of new construction contracts rose 3 percent in October, supported
by strong increases in the building of offices and manufacturing plans that
compensated for a slight falloff in residential and other types of
construction, like sewers and power plans, according to F.W. Dodge, a
building research division of publisher McGraw-Hill Cos. ...  The Dodge
index, a measure of national construction value, was at 187 in October
compared with 182 the prior month.  The index uses 1992 as a base year of
100. ...  (Wall Street Journal, page A2).

A new study of the Washington, D.C., area shows that, even as the region
made significant strides in the 1990s as a home for innovative and
entrepreneurial business, crucial aspects of the quality of life have
worsened, and the gulf between rich and poor grew markedly wider.  According
to the Potomac Index, a series of numerical indicators measuring the
successes and shortcomings of the region in five categories ... the
household incomes of those at the top of the economic ladder have increased
significantly in the past 7 years, while incomes actually fell slightly for
those at the bottom rung.  From 1993 to 1998, the income gap between the
wealthiest 20 percent and the poorest 20 percent of households widened from
a ratio of 3 to 1 to a ratio of 4 to 1. ...  The index cost more than
$100,000 to produce and was funded by the Chicago-based Somnenschein law
firm, which has Washington, D.C., offices, the Morino Institute in Reston,
which has served as an incubator for start-up tech firms, Anderson
Consulting, and The Washington Post. ...  (Washington Post, page E1).

Amazon.com has come out swinging in its fight to stop a new unionization
drive, telling employees that unions are a greedy, for-profit business and
advising managers on ways to detect when a group of workers is trying to
back a union.  A section on Amazon's internal Web site gives supervisors
antiunion material to pass on to employees, saying that unions mean strife
and possible strikes and that, while unions are certain to charge expensive
dues, they cannot guarantee improved wages or benefits. ...  The
Communications Workers of America has undertaken a campaign to unionize 400
customer-service representatives in Seattle, where Amazon is based.  The
United Food and Commercial Workers Union and the Prewitt Organizing Fund, an

Re: BLS Daily Report

2000-11-30 Thread Michael Perelman

I always appreciate Dave's posts -- a valuable service to us all,
especially since the latest one has the Morgan Stanley forecast that
agrees with my feeling that the odds for a recession are increasing.

Here is the beginning of the article that I mentioned:

Tech Equipment makers such as Lucent and Cisco Systems as creditors. 

Lucent Technologies has been a leader in this category, with 
about 5% of its sales last year coming from transactions it 
financed. The company's commitments to customers 
skyrocketed to $7 billion as of Sept. 30, of which about $1.6 
billion is actually loaned, from $2.3 billion in commitments 
in September 1998. Rival financiers include Nortel 
Networks, which announced this week it would boost its 
financing for customer purchases to more than $2 billion by 
the end of next year, up from $1.1 billion at the end of 2000. 
Other lenders: Alcatel, Cisco Systems, Motorola and 
Qualcomm.
 -- 
Michael Perelman
Economics Department
California State University
Chico, CA 95929

Tel. 530-898-5321
E-Mail [EMAIL PROTECTED]




BLS Daily Report

2000-11-30 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 30, 2000

U.S. economic growth slowed to 2.4 percent at an annual rate in the third
quarter, revised down from the 2.7 percent estimated earlier, the Commerce
Department reports.  The real gross domestic product -- the output of goods
and services produced in the United States -- grew at its slowest pace since
the third quarter of 1996, when GDP rose 2.0 percent. Economists had
forecast the first estimate of third quarter GDP would be cut back based on
inventory and trade data released since that initial report came out.  They
expect GDP in the October-December quarter to bounce back, although not to
the steamy 6 percent rate of the past four quarters (Daily Labor Report,
page D-1)_The U.S. economy grew at just a 2.4 percent annual rate in the
July-September period, the slowest pace in 4 years.  An unusual decline in
federal government purchases of goods and services and smaller gains in
business spending on new equipment and inventories were the primary reasons
for the substantial drop from the second quarter's 5.6 percent growth rate.
...  (Washington Post, page E1)_The economy expanded in the third
quarter at the slowest pace in 4 years, holding down inflation and
depressing corporate profits. ...  (New York Times, page C13)_Will the
first slowdown of the New Economy end in a soft landing or a rough one?
More and more analysts are becoming a bit more bearish in their answer.  The
Commerce Department yesterday revised downward its estimate of third quarter
gross domestic product growth.  At the same time, several economists have
been slicing their growth forecasts for the rest of this year, as well as
for the opening months of 2001, to below 3 percent.  If the estimates hold
up, the nation's unemployment rate could increase substantially, throwing
hundreds of thousands of Americans out of work.  An economist at J.P. Morgan
 Co. now puts the odds of a significant slowdown at 30 to 35 percent over
the next year.  But an inflation gauge linked to the GDP report showed
prices increasing at an annual rate of just 1.9 percent in the third
quarter, down from a 2.4 percent pace in the second quarter and the smallest
increase this year.  Still, the economic strains are increasingly apparent.
Energy and labor costs continue to increase, threatening to push prices
higher in coming months.  The global economy is slowing and most currencies
continue to fall against the dollar, reducing demand for American exports.
...  (Wall Street Journal, page A2).  

U.S. car and truck sales slowed in November to the weakest pace so far this
year, analysts and industry officials say, as General Motors Corp., Ford
Motor Co., and DaimlerChrysler gave more ground to Japanese and European
rivals.  The expected poor November showing by Detroit's Big Three will
likely mean further production cuts, temporarily idling thousands of workers
or cutting the overtime that once swelled paychecks.  The sales figures also
will make auto makers likely to lower production levels in the first quarter
of next year. ...  (Wall Street Journal, page A3).

Data compiled by the Bureau of National Affairs in the first 48 weeks of
2000 show a weighted average first-year wage increase in newly negotiated
contracts of 3.8 percent.  In the same period last year, the increase was
3.3 percent.  Manufacturing settlements provided a weighted average increase
of 3.2 percent, and the weighted average increase in nonmanufacturing
agreements, excluding construction contracts, was 4 percent. ...  (Daily
Labor Report, page D-12).

For the last decade, corporate profit has paled next to the boom in
companies' spending on new computers and software, industrial machinery, and
buildings.  With the help of bank loans, bonds, and, most of the time, a
willing stock market, companies since 1991 have bought almost $9 trillion
worth of equipment, lifting productivity and sustaining the longest economic
expansion in American history.  Now, however, that explosion in investment
is showing broad signs of slowing.  Corporate profits are falling in many
industries, giving companies less money to spend.  Banks have tightened
their lending policies, raising the cost of money.  And the swoon of
technology stocks has forced the very companies that have made some of the
most substantial investments in new equipment to reconsider how they
operate.  With consumer confidence falling at the same time, analysts say
the moderation in capital spending has raised the odds that the economy will
markedly slow next year.  Some see an increased risk of recession, says the
New York Times. ...  (page C1).


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2000-11-29 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 28, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:  Average annual pay of employees within the nation's 316
metropolitan areas increased by 4.4 percent from 1998 to 1999, according to
preliminary data.  The over-the-year gain was smaller than 1998's gain of
5.2 percent.  Annual pay in metropolitan areas averaged $34,868 in 1999, up
from $33,407 in 1998. ...   

Move to Washington State?  That state saw average annual pay rise 8 percent
last year, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, compared with a 4.3
percent increase for the nation.  Alaska's 0.6 percent increase was the
lowest.  Hours worked and the mix of jobs contributed to the numbers (Wall
Street Journal's "Work Week" feature, page A1).

Contrary to popular opinion, the wage gap between men and women does not
directly correlate with the existing level of gender wage discrimination,
senior Federal Reserve economist Howard J. Wall concludes in a recent
article in the October issue of "The Regional Economist" published quarterly
by the St. Louis Fed.  In 1999, women's median weekly earnings were 76.5
percent of men's -- a gap of 23.5 cents, according to Department of Labor
figures, Wall said.  Comparing hourly wages narrows the gender wage gap to
16.2 cents, according to a different set of BLS figures.  A recent study
attributes 62 percent of the hourly wage gap to factors other than
discrimination, leaving only 6.2 cents -- or about one-fourth of the gap --
unexplained, Wall said. ...  The lion's share of the gender wage gap arises
from "differences between men and women in important determinants of
earnings, such as number of hours worked, experience, training and
occupation," Wall writes.  "Moreover, even this one-fourth  of the gap may
have less to do with wage discrimination than with the accumulated effects
of shorter hours and interrupted careers on women's earnings and promotion
prospects," Wall writes. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-3).

Home resales declined in October to the slowest pace in 3 months as cooler
economic growth reduced buyer demand.  Resales fell 3.9 percent last month,
the National Association of Realtors said. ...  (Washington Post, page
E2)_Home resales declined in October to a pace that still keeps the
industry on track for its second-best year on record. ...  (New York Times,
page E2)_Home sales declined for the second month in a row in October,
surprising economists who had expected low mortgage rates to keep the
housing market surging. ...  (Wall Street Journal, page A2)

Job cuts at Internet companies rose 55 percent between October and November,
according to job placement firm Challenger, Gray  Christmas.  Challenger
said Internet job losses rose to 8,789 in November, the highest since it
started keeping count in December 1999.  The firm predicted that job cuts
would continue over the next 2 months as more dot.com companies close
(Washington Post, page E2)_Since January, over 30,000 jobs have been
eliminated. ...  (New York Times, page C4).

More than 600,000 people a year miss at least one day of work due to
injuries from repetitive stretching, bending, or typing, government
statistics show. ...  OSHA's new regulations, issued Nov. 13, include how
much employees should type or use a mouse in a day and how many pounds they
should lift.  The new regs mark the first time OSHA has defined repetitive
stress as a hazard and ordered employers to take corrective measures.  The
rules, which go into effect on Jan. 16, 2001, cover all 102 million workers
not employed in agriculture, construction, railroads, or maritime
industries. ...  In the long run, the regulations -- although opposed by
some employers -- are likely to do more good than harm, for companies and
workers alike, says Business Week (Dec. 4, page 90).  About 40 percent of
the workforce is at companies, mostly large employers, that are already in
compliance with the rules, OSHA estimates.  In fact, company efforts have
cut RSI cases by 15 percent since 1998, according to BLS. ...  

Prescription drug costs to employers for employee health plans are expected
to rise 19.9 percent next year, says a survey of insurers and health plan
administrators by Buck Consultants Inc., New York.  The rise reflects rising
prices, increased use, and other factors (Wall Street Journal's "Work Week"
feature, page A1).

DUE OUT TOMORROW:  Metropolitan Area Employment and Unemployment:  October
2000


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2000-11-24 Thread Richardson_D

 BLS DAILY REPORT, WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 22, 2000:
 
 Today's News Release:  "Extended Mass Layoffs in the Third Quarter of
 2000" indicates that in the third quarter of 2000, there were 975 mass
 layoff actions by employers that resulted in the separation of 209,903
 workers from their jobs for more than 30 days, according to preliminary
 figures.  Both the total number of layoff events and the number of
 separations were lower than in July-September 1999, with events and
 separations at their lowest level for any third quarter period since 1995.
 
 If workers' incomes continue to grow at a rate of a 1 percent to 2 percent
 per year over the next several decades, the workers can use those
 increases to finance longer, more comfortable retirements, an economist
 tells a group of researchers at a hearing sponsored by the Senate Special
 Committee on Aging.  The population of older Americans continues to grow,
 causing increases in the costs of pensions, Social Security, and health
 benefits.  However, worker productivity is likely to keep pace with those
 costs, according to a senior fellow at the Brookings Institution, a
 Washington, D.C.-based think tank.  Because more women are in the
 workforce, he says, the amount of time Americans between the ages of 25
 and 54 spend at work has risen in the last 30 years.  Women's average work
 hours have climbed from 13.6 hours per week in 1968 to 20.3 hours per week
 in 1998.  61.7 percent of women over the age of 16 are expected to be in
 the labor force by 2006, said the director of Portland State University's
 Institute on Aging.   The increased work hours can help pay for shorter
 hours and longer retirements after age 55.  However, she said between 1984
 and 1994, the proportion of chronically disabled elderly Americans relying
 solely on family members for their care dropped from more than 50 percent
 to 40 percent (Daily Labor Report, page A-10).
 
 The U.S.trade deficit in goods and services surged 15 percent to set a new
 record of $34.3 billion in September, as imports rose while exports fell,
 the Commerce Department says.  Total imports rose 3.2 percent to a record
 $126.6 billion.  Exports, by contrast, declined 0.7 percent to $92.4
 billion, their second highest level on record. The chief economist with
 Standard  Poor's said some of the deterioration in September reflects a
 better-than-expected improvement in August.  The deficit that month
 narrowed by 6 percent, to $29.8 billion. The Commerce Undersecretary said
 the U.S trade deficit has increased with all of the world's regions.
 Trade with the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries has accounted
 for about 25 percent of the year-to-date deterioration in our deficit in
 goods, due to a surge in oil prices (Daily Labor Report, page D-1).
 __The U.S. trade deficit surged to a record $34.3 billion in September, as
 Americans' appetite for cars, clothes and other foreign goods hit an
 all-time high while exports shrank slightly  So far this year, the trade
 deficit is running at an annual rate of $360 billion, far above the record
 of $265 billion set last year (The Washington Post, page E3).
 __Imports surged, exports slipped, and the United States trade deficit
 widened sharply to a record in September, raising fears that the economy
 is slowing faster than expected  and that the robust dollar may come under
 pressure.  Some economists have begun to wonder whether the combination of
 the large deficit and a dollar that has strengthened sharply against most
 major currencies all year raises the risk of a "hard landing" (Joseph Kahn
 in The New York Times, page C11).
 __The trade deficit exploded to a record in September, as Americans
 continued to soak up imported goods and U.S. exporters were hurt by damped
 economic growth overseas.  The gap between exports and imports hit $34.3
 billion, almost 13 percent wider than economists had expected for the
 month, and 15 percent larger than the revised $29.8 billion deficit posted
 in August, the Commerce Department reports (Michael M. Phillips in The
 Wall Street Journal, page A2.  The Journal's page 1 graph is of gross
 domestic product, 1995 to the present).
 
 Natural gas prices rose more than 4 percent, reaching a record for the
 second straight session, as an early cold spell in the United States
 boosted demand for the heating fuel.  Natural gas for December delivery
 rose 15.9 cents or 2.5 percent on the New York Mercantile Exchange.
 Prices were the highest in 10 years of trading.  Gas prices are up 43
 percent this month, and have almost tripled from a year ago (The
 Washington Post, page E2).
 __Starting next year, the optional standard rate allowed for business use
 of a car will rise to 34.5 cents a mile, up about 6 percent from 32.5
 cents this year.  This rate is used to figure tax deductions for business
 travel as an alternative to deducting your actual costs.  The standard
 rate for use of your car

BLS Daily Report

2000-11-22 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 21, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:  Regional and state unemployment rates were stable in
October.  All four regions posted virtually no change over the month, and 41
states and the District of Columbia recorded shifts of 0.3 percentage point
or less.  The national jobless rate was unchanged from September at 3.9
percent.  Nonfarm employment increased in 33 states and the District of
Columbia in October. ...  

The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, in its biannual
economic survey, predicts that gross domestic product will grow by a
cumulative 4.3 percent this year across member countries.  OECD says this
growth rate will slow to a more modest 3.3 percent in 2001 before bottoming
out at 3.1 percent in 2002.  The U.S. economy, which has led the world in
economic growth for much of the past decade, will finally achieve the "soft
landing" that the OECD has been calling for, with economic growth cooling
considerably, according to the organization's report. ...  Unemployment,
which is predicted to be about 4 percent this year, will rise gradually in
2001 to 4.2 percent before reaching 4.5 percent in 2002.  Similarly,
inflation, estimated at 2.1 percent in 2000, will creep upward to 2.2
percent in 2001 and 2.3 percent in 2002, OECD says. ...  (Daily Labor
Report, page A-8; Washington Post, page E2)_In its 6-month review of the
economy, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development says it
expects growth to remain solid for the next 2 years, but warns that high oil
prices could cloud the outlook.  The report also says the Federal Reserve
Board might need to raise interest rates another half-point to keep U.S.
inflation in check. ...  (New York Times, page C2).

The New York Times profiles a family on page A22 that it describes as "an
average American family in nearly every way, according to the Bureau of
Labor Statistics".  There are two children, both parents work, and they
earned about $40,000 combined last year, slightly more than the year before.
The television set is new, and the miles are their cars are piling up.  They
have no health insurance and do not own a house.  The biggest difference
between them and millions of other working families is their occupation.
"Trapeze artists," their tax forms read.

Auto sales, often a leading indicator of the economy's health, have slowed
since the beginning of the month, prompting carmakers to increase their
already deep discounts and to consider additional temporary closings of
factories, industry officials said today.  General Motors and the Chrysler
unit of DaimlerChrysler have already closed some factories for a week at a
time and appear likely to announce further temporary closings soon.  Ford
Motor has avoided closing factories so far, except because of parts
shortages, but its officials have been warning that the entire industry is
slowing.  And even foreign automakers are seeing some weakness in sales and
have been offering many discounts. ...  (New York Times, page C1).

As high-tech jobs go oversees, unions see an opportunity, says the "Work
Week" column of The Wall Street Journal (page A1).  Nervous U.S. workers
often turn to organized labor.  "Services will go global, much the way
manufacturing did," says the CEO of Talisma Corp., a Kirkland, Wash., firm
that outsources customer service functions to Bangalore, India.  "Without
any organization, there's no question it's going to happen," he says.

Companies that provide more stock-based incentive compensation to employees
also tend to deliver higher shareholder return, says a survey of 173
companies over 5 years by Hewitt Associations LLC, a Lincolnshire, Ill.,
consulting concern (Wall Street Journal's "Work Week" feature, page A1).

Despite the vibrant economy, few people receive sizable raises these days,
concludes a survey by Fortune Personnel Consultants in New York.  Nearly 75
percent of 631 employees from various industries said they received less
than a 10 percent pay increase over the previous year.  Among those
employees, 37 percent received less than 5 percent, while 34.6 percent
received between 5 and 9 percent.  Survey participants had at least a
college degree and made at least $50,000 annually.  Gen-Xers fared the best.
Among employees at companies with fewer than 100 staffers, 41 percent
received no raise -- compared with only 12.7 percent of those working at
concerns employing 10,000 or more (Wall Street Journal's "Career Journal,"
page B18).

DUE OUT TOMORROW:  Extended Mass Layoffs in the Third Quarter of 2000


 application/ms-tnef


Re: BLS Daily Report

2000-11-22 Thread Jim Devine

At 11:06 AM 11/22/00 -0500, you wrote:
The New York Times profiles a family on page A22 that it describes as "an
average American family in nearly every way, according to the Bureau of
Labor Statistics".  There are two children, both parents work, and they
earned about $40,000 combined last year, slightly more than the year before.
The television set is new, and the miles are their cars are piling up.  They
have no health insurance and do not own a house.  The biggest difference
between them and millions of other working families is their occupation.
"Trapeze artists," their tax forms read.

aren't all working people trapeze artists, in a way?

Jim Devine [EMAIL PROTECTED]   http://bellarmine.lmu.edu/~jdevine




Re: BLS Daily Report

2000-11-22 Thread Charles Brown



 [EMAIL PROTECTED] 11/22/00 11:48AM 


aren't all working people trapeze artists, in a way?

(((

CB: I know balancing my budget has been quite an act for years.




BLS Daily Report

2000-11-20 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 17, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:  The average annual pay of all workers covered by state and
federal unemployment insurance (UI) programs rose 4.3 percent to $33,313 in
1999, according to preliminary data.  This compares with a 5.2 percent rise
in 1998.  The annual pay of private industry workers, comprising 84.7
percent of the nation's employment, grew 4.6 percent in 1999, while pay for
government workers rose 2.7 percent.  In 1998, the increase in pay for
private sector workers was 5.6 percent and for government workers, 3.2
percent. ...  

__Subsiding energy prices curbed overall inflation last month, as the CPI-U
rose just 0.2 percent, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics.  The
October advance was smaller than many analysts had predicted, and some say
it means the worst is over on energy prices. ...  Over the year ended in
October, the CPI-U is up by 3.4 percent, an acceleration from the 2.7
percent for all of 1999. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-1)..
__Consumer prices rose a moderate 0.2 percent last month, as energy prices
showed little change after their surge the month before.  Over the past 12
months, the CPI has risen 3.4 percent, with 0.8 percentage point of that
increase due to energy prices going up much faster than those of other goods
and services included in the CPI's marketbasket of items Americans buy. ...
(John M. Berry in Washington Post, page E3).
__Consumers paid only slightly more for goods last moth than they had in
September, but inflation is still headed for its largest annual increase
since 1990. ...  Over the last 12 months, average weekly wages have actually
fallen 0.2 percent, when adjusted for inflation, BLS said in a separate
announcement.  The wage numbers covered production and nonsupervisory
employees, who make up about 80 percent of the work force and now earn an
average annual salary of about $25,000. ...  One disconcerting item in the
inflation column:  Natural gas prices keep rising.. ...  "Natural gas prices
have gone through the roof this year," said Patrick C. Jackman, an economist
at BLS. ...  (David Leonhardt in New York Times, page C12).
__After years of dormancy, inflation seems to be stirring.  Consumer prices
have advanced at a seasonally adjusted annual rate of 3.6 percent so far
this year, far higher than a 2.7 percent increase seen for all of last year.
Core prices, which exclude the volatile energy and food sectors, rose at an
annual rate of 2.7 percent in the first 10 months, compared with a gain of
just 1.9 percent for the entire year last year. ...  To be sure, inflation
remains tame by historical standards.  Import prices are still falling,
thanks to the strong dollar, wholesale prices have been stable, and massive
gains in work-force productivity have helped many companies absorb higher
energy and labor costs without having to boost their prices accordingly. ...
(Yochi J. Dreazen in Wall Street Journal, page A2). 

Real average weekly earnings were unchanged between September and October as
average wage increases were offset by decreases in the number of hours
worked and a slight increase in the cost of consumer goods [sic], BLS says.
...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-14).   

Initial claims for unemployment insurance benefits filed with state agencies
decreased by 20,000 to a seasonally adjusted 326,000 in the week ended Nov.
11, the Employment and Training Administration announces.  State officials
in Michigan attributed their large increase to layoffs in the auto industry,
while California officials blamed their increase on layoffs in the
construction and trade industries and in agriculture. ...  (Daily Labor
Report, page D-18).

Growth in the U.S. economy likely will slow into the fourth quarter of this
year, but gross domestic product growth should stay solid at 3.6 percent for
2001, University of Michigan economists predict at their annual outlook
conference.  They expect inflation to subside somewhat, as tight labor
markets keep pressure on wages next year. ...  The forecast projects a 3.8
percent GDP growth for 2002. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-2).

Even affluent families may have a hard time saving enough to pay for their
children's college education and their own retirement, says a study by four
economists -- including Laura Tyson and Joseph Stiglitz, former chairman of
the President's Council of Economic Advisers -- for UPromise, a college
savings network.  If recent trends continue, the average annual tuition bill
at a 4-year college will be more than $31,000 in 2020.  But nearly
two-thirds of parents with children younger than 18 failed to save any money
in 1998.  Inadequate savings force many families to finance college costs
with extra jobs, retirement funds, or second mortgages (USA Today, page 1B).


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2000-11-17 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 16, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:  
   CPI -- The Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (CPI-U) increased
0.2 percent in October on a seasonally adjusted basis, following a 0.5
percent increase in September.  Deceleration in the energy index -- up 0.2
percent in October, following a 3.8 percent rise in September -- was largely
responsible for the moderation in the October CPI-U.  In October, the index
for petroleum-based energy declined 1.2 percent, while the index for energy
services increased 1.5 percent.  The food index, which increased 0.2 percent
in September, rose 0.1 percent in October.  Excluding food and energy, the
CPI-U rose 0.2 percent, following a 0.3 percent rise in September.  A
smaller increase in apparel prices and a downturn in the tobacco index were
principally responsible for the more moderate advance in October. ...  
   REAL EARNINGS -- Real average weekly earnings were essentially unchanged
between September and October after seasonal adjustment.  A 0.4 percent
increase in average hourly earnings was offset by a 0.3 percent decline in
average weekly hours and a 0.1 percent rise in the CPI-W. ...  Real average
weekly earnings fell by 0.2 percent from October 1999 to October 2000. ...  

BLS reports labor productivity increased in more than three-fourths of 119
U.S. manufacturing industries in 1998. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-11).

American industrial output weakened in October and businesses grew cautious
about stockpiling goods, according to two reports, adding to signs of a
gradually cooling economy.  The Federal Reserve's monthly report on
industrial production showed that output by mines, factories, and utilities
fell 0.1 percent last month after an upwardly revised gain of 0.4 percent in
September.  It was the first drop in monthly output since a 0.2 percent fall
in July, and only the second since the beginning of 1999.  Manufacturing
stalled while the output at utilities fell.  The second report, from the
Commerce Department, showed that business inventories in September were
growing at their slowest pace in nearly 2 years.  Production to build
inventories is generally a source of economic strength, unless faltering
sales cause an oversupply that forces sharp cutbacks. ...  (New York Times,
page C6; Wall Street Journal, page A2)_Declines in the output of
automobile products and household appliances pushed industrial production
down 0.1 percent in October.  The decline was the second in the last 4
months, although production remained 5.2 percent higher than a year ago and
was 46.3 percent above its 1992 average. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page
D-1).

Federal Reserve officials, increasingly convinced that U.S. economic growth
has slowed to a sustainable pace that does not threaten to make inflation
worse, decided to leave interest rates unchanged.  The Federal Open Market
Committee, the central bank's top policymaking group, also left in place its
assessment that the risk of inflation accelerating in the future continues
to outweigh the possibility that growth could slow very sharply, or that the
economy could tip into a recession. ...  (Washington Post, page
E1)_Citing clear evidence that the economy has shifted into a lower
gear, the Federal Reserve voted to hold interest rates steady, but with
unemployment low and energy prices high the central bank said it was not yet
ready to proclaim that inflation was no longer a threat. ...  (New York
Times, page C1)_The Federal Reserve left interest rates unchanged, but
disappointed investors by dismissing growing concerns that the economy is
slowing too much and declaring that inflation -- not recession -- remains
the greater danger. ...  (Wall Street Journal, page A2)

A majority of economists surveyed by the National Association for Business
Economics expect the U.S. economy to slip into a sustainable pace of
expansion through next year. ..  A soft landing is in progress, and
inflation will moderate next year as energy price pressures fall back. ...
(Daily Labor Report, page A-7).

The female-male pay gap varies greatly on a state-by-state basis, according
to a new analysis by the Institute for Women's Policy Research.  Using
federal government statistics and other data, the report analyzes and ranks
women's state-by-state status in employment and earnings, as well as
"economic autonomy" -- a composite index, based on college education,
business  ownership, poverty, and health insurance coverage; political
participation; and health status/reproduction rights.  In terms of pay, the
report finds that women earned the highest percentage of men's wages in the
District of Columbia, 86 cents for every dollar earned by men,  followed by
Hawaii, 84 cents, and Maryland and New York, each 80 cents.  The lowest
earnings ratio was in Wyoming, at 63 cents, followed by Louisiana and Utah,
65 cents each, and Indiana, 67 cents. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-5).

Another study 

BLS Daily Report

2000-11-16 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 15, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:  Labor productivity rose in 1998 in more than three-fourths
of 119 U.S. manufacturing industries.  More than two-thirds of the
industries registering productivity growth also posted declines in unit
labor costs. ...  In 1998, the most recent year for which underlying data
are available for manufacturing industries, labor productivity -- defined as
output per hour -- increased in 76 percent of the manufacturing industries.
Output rose in 77 percent of the industries, while hours rose in 45 percent
of the industries. ...  The share of industries with productivity increases
during the 1990-98 period was even greater.  From 1990 to 1998, labor
productivity increased in 93 percent of the manufacturing industries. Output
rose in 87 percent of the industries, while hours rose in 47 percent of the
industries. ...  

The proportion of workers employed full time for the entire year climbed to
65.9 percent during 1999, the highest level recorded since the data have
been collected, the Bureau of Labor Statistics reports. ...  The proportion
of minorities employed during 1999 rose at a much faster rate than the
proportion of whites that was employed, although minority unemployment rates
remain higher than the unemployment rate for whites. ...  (Daily Labor
Report, page D-7).

Despite evidence of slower growth across the U.S. economy, key labor market
measures pulled together in the Wage Trend Indicator suggest wage pressures
will remain strong into next year, according to the latest report released
by the Bureau of National Affairs. ...  Labor shortages are likely to make
it hard for many companies to hire workers over the next few months, the WTI
report suggests. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-1).

The Commerce Department says retail sales rose just 0.1 percent in October,
held down by a decline in auto sales. Taking out the auto sector, retail
sales rose 0.4 percent. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-4)_Sales at
retail stores edged up 0.1 percent in October after a sizzling 0.9 percent
jump the month before.  It was the weakest showing since August, when sales
were dampened by a 1 percent drop in purchases of autos.  But sales at
hardware stores and building supply centers rose a strong 1.6 percent, after
falling 1.5 percent in September. ...  (Washington Post, page E2; New York
Times, page C4)_Retail sales slowed sharply in October, further
indicating that economic growth has decelerated and that the Federal Reserve
will leave interest rates unchanged when it meets today. ...  (Wall Street
Journal, page A2).

A prominent Congressional commission appointed to study the giant American
trade deficit determined that the imbalance has become unsustainably large
and dangerous for the economy, but mostly disagreed on what to do about it.
The assessment by the 12-member commission, split equally among experts
appointed by Democrats and Republicans, reflects growing concern about the
gap between what America sells abroad and what it imports from other nations
has grown too large, from about $30 billion in 1991 to an estimated 450
billion this year, posing a risk to the record-setting economic expansion
and the strength of the dollar. ...  (The New York Times, page C2)_The
bipartisan 12-member commission issued a report warning that growing trade
deficits will have to eventually come down but failing to reach any common
ground on how labor and environmental issues should be treated in future
trade negotiations. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-5).

Small businesses appear to be nervous about the economy, says The Wall
Street Journal (page B17).  Despite continued strong business this fall,
companies are scaling back on hiring, inventory building, and capital
spending plans, according to the National Federation of Independent
Business's monthly survey of small-business optimism in October.  The NFIB
is the nation's largest small-business lobbying group, with about 500,000
members.  Business owners polled who believe it is a good time to expand
fell to 16 percent, lowest in 4 years and down from a record high of 28
percent in December.  On average in 1998 and 1999, the figure was 23
percent. ...  

Over the past year, economists and economic policymakers have been talking
up the likelihood of a soft landing, in which overheated economic growth
would slow -- but not anywhere near enough to cause an economy-shrinking
recession.  The burst in the dot-com bubble, the slowing of job growth, the
decline in the stock market -- all these were said to be consistent with the
much hoped for soft landing.  But in recent weeks, some analysts have turned
up the volume on warnings that the landing may be a bit bumpier than first
thought.  While recession is still considered unlikely, there is growing
fear that the economy may overshoot the runway. ...  The economic risks in
the coming months include another sharp drop in stock prices, another spike
in oil prices

BLS Daily Report

2000-11-14 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 14, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:  A total of 147.5 million persons worked at some point
during 1999, an increase of about 2.7 million persons from the prior year,
according to the annual survey of work experience.  The number of
individuals who experienced some unemployment during the year continued to
decline.  About 13 million individuals were in this category in 1999, down
about 1 million from 1998. ...  

The Wall Street Journal's feature "Tracking the Economy" (page A6) shows the
Thomson Global Forecast for the October Consumer Price Index figure,
scheduled to be released Thursday, to be for an increase of 0.2 percent in
contrast to last month's 0.5 percent.  The core rate is forecast to be up
0.2 percent also, after rising 0.3 percent in September.

Prescription drugs accounted for 44 percent of the increase in health costs
last year, researchers said today.  In a report published by the Journal of
Health Affairs, the researchers said overall health costs for services
covered by private insurance rose by 6.6 percent last year, while drug
spending increased by 18.4 percent.  The study did not separately examine
costs for people without insurance.  An author of the report said
prescription drugs accounted for more of the 6.6 percent increase in health
costs than either hospital care or doctors services. ...  Inflation is back,
after several years of low growth in health insurance premiums, he, a former
director of health care studies at the Congressional Budget Office, said.
Higher premiums mean higher costs for employers and, in many cases, for
employees, he said. ...  (New York Times, page A12).

The Occupational Safety and Health Administration releases its final
ergonomics program standard and publishes the rule in the November 14
"Federal Register".  Labor unions greet the announcement of the final rule,
while industry representatives vow to block it in court.  OSHA Administrator
Charles N. Jeffress says the rule "establishes concrete, objective guidance
for employers to help them determine when they need to take further action
and when they've fulfilled their obligation to resolve problems in their
workplaces."  According to OSHA, the rule will "spare 460,000 workers
painful injuries and save an average of $9.1 million each year."  The new
ergonomics standard does not apply to construction, maritime, agriculture,
or railroad industries.  However, it covers all general industry employers
and 6.1 million general industry worksites with more than 102 million
workers.  OSHA claims that about 60 million of these worksites do not
address ergonomics, which puts workers at risk for injuries such as carpal
tunnel syndrome and other musculoskeletal disorders. ...  (Daily Labor
Report, page AA-1; Washington Post, page E1; Wall Street Journal, page A4;
Washington Times, Nov. 12, page C3). 

DUE OUT TOMORROW:  Productivity and Costs:  Manufacturing Industries,
1990-98


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2000-11-13 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, MONDAY, NOVEMBER 13, 2000

__A softening of energy prices dampened inflation at the wholesale level in
October, as the producer price index for finished goods rose 0.4 percent
seasonally adjusted, according to figures released by the Bureau of Labor
Statistics.  Last month's advance was less than half the 0.9 percent shown
in September, and virtually all of the deceleration came in energy goods
prices.  Analysts say the PPI figures fit in with other economic reports of
slower growth, particularly in the manufacturing sector.  "Looking at the
PPI figures on a year-over-year basis, there is nothing to worry about on
inflation," says an economist of the Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi.  The PPI
advanced by 3.6 percent over the year ended in October, boosted mainly by a
19.4 percent jump in energy prices. ...  The so-called core rate of
inflation -- the PPI minus the volatile energy and food components -- was up
a modest 1.0 percent between October 1999 and October 2000.  Forecasters
said the Federal Reserve is likely to focus on the core rate, especially as
the ups and downs of energy prices have made the overall index more volatile
this year. ...  (Pam Ginsbach in Daily Labor Report, page D-1).
__Inflation at the producer level remained contained last month, analysts
said, after studying a government report that showed sharp increases in food
and energy prices but lower prices for most other finished good. ...
Several analysts said the figures did not indicate that the nation's overall
inflation situation was about to get worse.  In particular, they pointed to
the fact that the core PPI is now only 1 percent higher than it was in
October 1999. ...  Meanwhile, new claims for unemployment benefits shot up
by 35,000 last week, to 344,000, because of temporary layoffs in the auto
industry. ...  (John M. Berry in Washington Post, Nov. 10, page E4).
__Prices paid to manufacturers, farmers, and other producers moderated in
October, indicating that inflation remained in check. ...  The core rate
declined for the third time since last November, following a September
increase of 0.3 percent. ...  A separate report from the Labor Department
showed that first-time claims for state unemployment benefits jumped 35,000
to 344,000, the highest in almost 2 years.  The increase was mostly a result
of temporary dismissals by automakers which closed factories to help reduce
inventories.  Jobless claims have averaged about 313,000 a week the last 3
months, and the four-week average for initial claims -- while higher last
week -- barely exceeded that level, which suggests little change in the
availability of workers. ...  (Bloomberg News in New York Times, Nov. 10,
page C2).
__The inflation picture grew murkier with the release of new data showing
that "core" wholesale prices, which exclude the volatile food and energy
categories, fell unexpectedly in October, even as a broader measure of
wholesale prices edged higher. ...  The news was even more positive further
back in the production pipeline, as prices for nonfood or energy materials
showed few signs of increasing. ...  In a separate report, the Labor
Department said that the number of Americans filing new claims for state
unemployment benefits soared 35,000 last week, to bring the measure to its
highest level since early January 1999. ...  (Yochi J. Dreazen in The Wall
Street Journal, page A2).

New claims filed with state agencies for unemployment insurance benefits
increased by 35,000 to a seasonally adjusted total of 344,000 during the
week ended Nov. 4, the Labor Department's Employment and Training
Administration reports.  Analysts said recent industry reports suggest the
rise in claims to be due, in part, to temporary layoffs in some
manufacturing sectors, especially autos. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page
D-10).

DUE OUT TOMORROW:  Work Experience of the Population in 1999


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2000-11-13 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 9, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:  The Producer Price Index for Finished Goods rose 0.4
percent in October, seasonally adjusted.  This index increased 0.9 percent
in September and declined 0.2 percent in August.  The index for finished
goods other than foods and energy edged down 0.1 percent in October, after
rising 0.3 percent in the prior month.  Prices received by manufacturers of
intermediate goods increased 0.2 percent, following a 0.7 percent advance a
month earlier.  The crude goods index rose 3.4 percent, after jumping 5.3
percent in September. ...  October's slower rate of increase in the index
for finished goods was primarily due to smaller price increases for finished
energy goods. ...  
  
__A turnaround in world oil prices resulted in a 0.5 percent decrease in
prices of all goods imported into the United States during October, the
Bureau of Labor Statistics reports.  It was the first time since April that
import prices declined.  Over the year ended in October, import prices were
up 5.5 percent, an acceleration from the 3.9 percent shown for the
comparable 1998-99 period. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-1).
__Prices of imported goods declined in October for the first time in 6
months, as costs fell for petroleum and machinery including computers and
semiconductors.  The import price index, a gauge of the cost of imported
goods and raw materials, fell 0.5 percent last month after rising a revised
1.2 percent in September. ...  A separate report from the Commerce
Department showed wholesale inventories grew in September at the slowest
pace in almost a year and a half, as sales increased more than expected. ...
(Bloomberg News, New York Times, page C9).
__Americans got some good news about the economy as a strong dollar and
falling oil prices sent import prices lower in October for the first time in
6 months.  Import prices had climbed 1.2 percent in September, but a 3.2
percent decline in the price of petroleum imports and the continued strength
of the U.S. dollar helped push prices down by 0.5 percent last month. ...
The report also offered a vivid picture of the impact of the euro's
continued slide against the dollar.  Prices of goods imported from European
Union countries such as Germany fell 0.9 percent last month, the steepest
decline since March 1997.  The cost of goods imported from Japan, in
contrast, inched up 0.1 percent, the first increase in 3 months. ...  (Yochi
J. Dreazen in Wall Street Journal, page A2).

Wholesale inventories grew in September at their slowest pace since April
1999, as sales increased more than expected.  Inventories rose 0.2 percent
after rising 0.6 percent in August, the Commerce Department said.  Sales at
the nation's wholesalers increased 0.7 percent in September, after rising a
revised 0.2 percent during August (Washington Post, page E2).

Fewer look to change jobs despite a tight labor market, writes Kristen
Gerencher in CBS.MarketWatch.com (Nov. 7).  She says that companies'
strategy of boosting pay and benefits to hold on to valued and scarce
employees in a period of record-low unemployment seems to be paying off.
Fewer wage-earning and salaried employees across many skill and pay levels
are actively looking for work than 5 years ago, when the nation's economic
boom began, according to a Labor Department study.  The findings surprised
leading labor economists because they contradict the popular believe that
Americans are exploiting the strong economy by job hopping like never
before. ...  About 4.5 percent of 115 million U.S. workers engaged in job
hunting over a 3-month period last year by writing resumes, calling
employers, and soliciting leads from family and friends, the study found.
That's down from 5 percent in 1997 and 5.6 percent in 1995, the only other
times the Labor Department studied the issue.  The economists who wrote the
report emphasize that it's too early to draw long-term conclusions from the
job-search data, particularly since it's only been measured in booming
economic conditions.  More research is needed to see how workers behave
during less prosperous periods of a business cycle, says BLS economist
Joseph Meisenheimer, the report's co-author.  Yet it appears workers are
finding the grass isn't always greener on another employer's side. ...
Workers who didn't have health insurance or retirement plans were
significantly more likely to look for new jobs than those who did, the
report indicated.  Young people aged 18 to 24 also were more apt to look, as
were the highly educated and those who'd been at their current jobs for less
than a year. ...  [The study by Meisenheimer and Randy Ilg appeared in the
September MLR.]

Job cuts in October decreased 8 percent from September, according to the
outplacement firm Challenger, Gray   Christmas.  The October job reductions
totaled 43,799, compared with 47,687 in September, continuing a trend that
has been in place all year.  But  the firm's chief executive said

BLS Daily Report

2000-11-09 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:  The U.S. Import Price Index fell 0.5 percent in October.
The decrease was attributable to a decline in petroleum import prices.  The
Export Price Index declined 0.1 percent in October. ...  

The number of working women between the ages of 18 and 62 enrolled in a
pension or retirement plan with their current employer increased from 43
percent to 45 percent between 1989 and 1998, while the number of men in the
same age group enrolled in retirement plans dropped from 53 percent to 52
percent, evidencing a narrowing of the "pension gender gap," according to
the Employee Benefits Research Institute.  Its study, "Women and Pensions:
A Decade of Progress?," is based on the Federal Reserve's 1989 and 1998
survey of consumer finances.  Authors Vickie L. Bajtelsmit and Nancy A.
Jianakoplos, both EBRI fellows, found that 41 percent of families were
covered by a pension plan in 1998 -- a rate that has been "gradually
improving over time." ...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-4).

Uneven state standards cause serious gaps in child care in the U.S., says
Sue Shellenbarger in The Wall Street Journal's "Work  Family" feature (page
B1). ...  Gaping differences state-by-state in price, quality, and
availability of child care often exceed the regional contrasts found in
schools, universities, and medical care. ...  Families in the U.S. have
never been more susceptible to child-care risk. ...  For the first time,
both parents are working in a majority of married couple families.  Also,
the number of children in non-relative care, mainly outside their own homes,
rose to 54 percent in 1995 from 51 percent in 1985.  The trend is driven not
only by mothers working, but also by families seeking social and educational
experiences for preschoolers. ...  

For the first time in more than a decade, single mothers are more likely
than married mothers to be employed, new government statistics show. ...
Even more remarkable, economists say, is the increase in work among single
mothers who have never been married.  In 1993, 44 percent of them were
employed.  The figure shot up to 65 percent last year. ...  The new numbers
are from the Labor Department and the Census Bureau. ...  Economists give
several reasons for the increase in work among single mothers.  The strong
economy has created millions of jobs and improved the quality of low-wage
jobs.  Welfare recipients are now required to work under federal and state
welfare laws, and states have sharply increased spending on child care.  The
federal government and the states have adopted policies of "make work pay,"
in a phrase used by proponents of such policies.  As a result, many single
mothers find they are financially better off if they take a job outside the
home.  Work has also become more attractive because of increases in the
minimum wage and the earned income tax credit. ...  Last year, the
proportion of single mothers with jobs reached 71.5 percent, exceeding the
68 percent for married mothers.  The figure for single mothers also exceeded
that for married mothers in the late 1970s and early 1980s, but, in those
years, married women were less likely to work outside the home. ...  (New
York Times, Nov. 5, page A22).

The average starting salary for recent college graduates climbed in October
to $37,268, up 2.3 percent from the same period last year, Internet
job-listing service Jobtrak.com reports.  The Los Angeles-based service,
which is marketed to college career centers, says the total number of job
openings for recent college graduates is up 3.9 percent since October 1999.
...  The largest increase in the number of job openings for entry-level
workers' jobs was in the education sector, which saw demand for teachers
rise 39.4 percent above last year's levels.  Salaries in the education
sector were flat, however.  Demand for college graduates in engineering jobs
also was strong with the number of posted job openings growing 31.4 percent
from last year.  The average starting salary for engineers rose 3.9 percent.
...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-3).  

With unemployment at a 40-year low, why are blue-collar workers feeling so
insecure?  The answer, a recent Cornell University study asserts, has to do
with globalization.  The report, published in September, concluded that,
even in good times, a significant number of employers use the threat of
shutting down and moving offshore to prevent workers from organizing, says
Kate L. Bronfenbrenner, director of labor education research at Cornell. ...
Using survey information and documents obtained under the Freedom of
Information Act, the researcher said that employers facing a unionization
movement typically rely on a combination of intimidation, bribes, and
surveillance to aggressively oppose the efforts. ...  (Business Week, Nov.
13, page 42D).

The Association for Manufacturing Technology contends that much of the valu

BLS Daily Report

2000-11-08 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 7, 2000

The Administration signaled its willingness to resurrect an agreement on the
fiscal year 2001 spending bill covering the departments of Labor, Health and
Human Services, and Education (H.R. 4577) when Congress returns the week of
November 13 for a lame-duck session. ...  That set the Labor Department's
discretionary spending level at slightly more than $12 billion, compared to
$11.2 billion set for FY 2000, according to an agency analysis.  The bulk of
this spending is dedicated to employment and training activities. ...  The
Bureau of Labor Statistics would see an $18 million increase under the
agreement, bringing its budget to $452 million.  The agreement also funded
President Clinton's request for a new office of disability policy within the
Labor Department, providing $23 million for this effort (Daily Labor Report,
page A-7).

A Department of Labor publication seeks to help bridge the skills gap in the
United States by spotlighting successful job-training practices for specific
industries, according to the department.  "Building Skills for the New
Economy:  Innovative Initiatives" includes highlights from DOL's National
Skills Summit in April. ...  It provides specific "how-to" and contact
information on innovative training programs in the high-tech, financial
services, health care, manufacturing, construction, and retail industries.
It is available only online at the Labor Department's Web site,
http://www.dot.gov (Daily Labor Report, page A-9). 

DUE OUT TOMORROW:  U.S. Import and Export Prices Indexes -- October 2000


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2000-11-08 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, MONDAY, NOVEMBER 6, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:  "2001 RELEASE SCHEDULE FOR BUREAU OF LABOR STATISTICS MAJOR
ECONOMIC INDICATORS" includes the names, dates of release, and the release
times for each scheduled BLS news release over the coming year.

__The nation's private industry employers created only 137,000 new jobs in
October, a substantially smaller number than the average for the first 8
months of this year, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics.  The
civilian unemployment rate held steady at 3.9 percent last month, marking
the 13th consecutive month that it has remained in the narrow range of 3.9
percent and 4.0 percent.  Analysts say the modest October gain in nonfarm
payroll employment, coupled with other aspects of the jobs report, provides
another piece of convincing evidence that the economy has shifted to a
moderate rate of expansion.  Manufacturing remained weak, and some services
industries added few if any jobs during October.  Calling the report one of
"moderate" growth, BLS Commissioner Katharine Abraham said the October
employment gain was significantly lower than the average for earlier this
year. ...  (Pam Ginsbach in Daily Labor Report, page D-1; Commissioner's
statement, page E-1).
__The nation's unemployment rate remained at its 30-year low of 3.9 percent
in October.  But the report also provided further evidence that the U.S.
economic growth has moderated.  The report showed that unemployment among
persons of Hispanic origin fell last month 0.6 percentage point to 5
percent, the lowest level since separate figures for the group were first
calculated in 1973.  Joblessness among adult women dipped to 3.4 percent
from 3.5 percent, reaching the lowest level for women since 1953.  Among the
signs pointing to slower economic growth in the report was the modest
increase in the number of workers on employers' payrolls, which rose by
137,000.  The average monthly gain during the past 3 months -- not counting
the layoff of temporary workers hired to conduct the decennial census -- has
been only 150,000.  That's down from an average of 190,000 in the first half
of the year and from about 229,000 in 1999.  In addition, the length of the
average workweek at private firms ticked down by 6 minutes. ...  (John M.
Berry in Washington Post, Nov. 4, page E1).
__The unemployment rate remained at a 30-year low last month, even as
evidence mounted that the nation's economic growth is slowing.  American
companies [private] continue to add jobs, employing 117,000 more people in
October than in September.  But that increase was significantly lower than
during the first half of this year or during the previous 3 years.  Combined
with other reports this week that showed falling consumer confidence and
slowing growth in productivity and retail sales, the jobs data suggest that
the Federal Reserve will almost certainly not raise interest rates at either
of its two remaining meetings this year, economists said. ...  Still, the
10-year economic boom, the longest in United States history, shows little
evidence of ending. ...  Construction companies gave the nation's payrolls
the biggest lift last month, adding 34,000 jobs.  The recent decline in
mortgage rates and an unusually dry month of October probably increased the
amount of homebuilding, said Thomas Nardone, head of the government division
that compiles the employment report. ...  (David Leonhardt in New York
Times, Nov. 4, page B1).
__The economic nirvana of rapid growth and poky inflation could soon give
way to a period of slower growth and rising inflation.  The unemployment
rate remained at a 30-year low last month amid signs that the economy is
slowing.  Economists expressed some concern that the tight labor market may
have begun driving up wages and benefits and that companies might end up
boosting prices.  Sharp increases in productivity get much of the credit for
keeping inflation under wraps, but last week's report showed productivity
growth slowing and labor costs rising. ...  (Nicholas Kulish and Steve
Liesman in Wall Street Journal, page A2).
__Uneasy businesses avoid layoffs and keep labor pools filled. ...  Friday's
labor statistics saw the unemployment rate holding at its 30-year low of 3.9
percent, and other measurements signal little loosening in the labor market.
The Federal Reserve's "beige book" survey last week reported that "labor
markets remain stretched" nationwide.  A monthly survey by the National
Federation of Independent Business found that 32 percent of its members had
job openings they couldn't fill in October, down only marginally from the
record 35 percent set in August.  What's going on?  Economists say
joblessness typically lags the economy, getting better for a while when the
economy is cooling off. ...  "It won't be until 6 months from the slowdown
that unemployment will start to rise," says the chief economist at Tucker
Anthony.  "A lot of e

BLS Daily Report

2000-11-06 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 3, 2000:

Today's News Release:  "THE EMPLOYMENT SITUATION;  OCTOBER 2000" indicates
that the unemployment rate held at 3.9 percent in October, and total nonfarm
employment rose by 137,000, the Bureau of Labor Statistics reports.  Among
the major industry divisions, construction had the largest over-the-month
gain, adding 34,000 jobs. Employment was unchanged in manufacturing and
little changed in services and retail trade.  Average hourly earnings rose
by 6 cents over the month.  In an accompanying statement by Commissioner of
Labor Statistics Katharine G. Abraham, Dr. Abraham indicated that the 3.9
percent unemployment rate was in the narrow 3.9 to 4.1 percent range that
has prevailed for the past year.  The rise in payroll employment was roughly
in line with the September gain, but below the pace for the first 8 months
of the year.

Rapidly rising compensation costs outpaced productivity growth of 3.6
percent in the third quarter, causing unit labor costs to rise at their
fastest pace since the second quarter of 1998, the Bureau of Labor
Statistics reports.  Unit labor costs, which reflect changes in both hourly
compensation and productivity, increased 2.5 percent during the third
quarter in the nonfarm business sector, BLS says.  Unit labor costs, which
reflect changes in both hourly compensation and productivity, had declined
0.2 percent in the second quarter as productivity had jumped 6.1 percent.
"A 6.4 percent increase in compensation costs is problematic. The Fed should
be expected to be alarmed, though I don't think they're ready yet to push
the panic button," says the chief economist at Northern Trust Co. in
Chicago.  He says he expects to see the third quarter's pattern of moderate
productivity growth and sharp compensation growth continue "over the next
few quarters," causing either profit growth to slow, or resulting in sharp
compensation growth to continue "over the next few quarters," causing either
profit growth to slow, or resulting in businesses passing on the extra labor
costs to their consumers (Daily Labor Report, page D-1).
__The remarkably strong gains in economic efficiency that have allowed the
U.S. economy to grow rapidly without significant inflation continued in the
July-through-September period, the Labor Department reported yesterday.
Labor productivity -- the amount of goods and services produced for each
hour worked -- rose at a 3.8 percent annual rate in the third quarter
despite a sharp slowing of economic growth.  In fact, the department said
that productivity growth out-stripped production, with output rising at a 3
percent rate, while the number of hours worked fell at a 0.8 percent rate
(John M. Berry, The Washington Post, page E1).
__U.S. workers' productivity remained strong in the third quarter -- even
stronger than economists expected -- but labor costs scooted ahead, raising
some concerns about the future.  The Labor Department said work force
productivity, a measure of output for each hour worked, climbed at a
seasonally adjusted annual rate of 3.8 percent in the third quarter,
significantly above predictions of a 3 percent growth rate.  Still, the pace
was far slower than the second quarter's 6.1 percent, which was revised up
from 5.7 percent.  The Conference Board's index of leading indicators was
flat in September, following declines of 0.1 percent in August and 0.2
percent in July.  The index is designed to predict the economy's path 6
months ahead, tracking 10 economic and financial statistics, from stock
prices to orders for consumer goods.  "The indicators continue to point
toward a cooling in economic growth, said an economist with the Conference
Board.  Separately, the Department of Labor said initial claims for
unemployment benefits were unchanged at 308,000 last week (The Wall Street
Journal, page A2).  The euro pared recent gains against the dollar to lose
half a cent on news that U.S. workers were more productive in the third
quarter than many economists had expected.  The data halted a 5-day rally in
the euro driven mainly by speculation that a cooling U.S. economy might no
longer exert such a powerful pull on global capital.  The euro has gained 5
percent in value against the dollar since hitting a record low last week of
82.28 cents (The Wall Street Journal, page C17).

The index of leading economic indicators was unchanged in September, keeping
up a string of flat readings or declines that had persisted since February,
the Conference Board reports.  Inflation-adjusted economic growth slowed to
a 2.7 percent annual rate in the third quarter, after expanding at a 5.2
percent rate in the first half of the year (Daily Labor Report, page D-10).

New claims for unemployment benefits for the week ended October 28 held
steady at 308,000, the Labor Department's Employment and Training
Administration reported November 2.  The 4-week moving average or initial
unemployment in

BLS Daily Report

2000-11-03 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 2, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:  The preliminary seasonally-adjusted annual rates of
productivity growth -- as measured by output per hour of all persons -- in
the third quarter were:  3.2 percent in the business sector and 3.8 percent
in the nonfarm business sector.  In both the business and the nonfarm
business sectors, productivity increases in the third quarter were smaller
than those recorded in the second quarter of 2000 (as revised).  In
manufacturing,  productivity increases in the third quarter were:  6.4
percent in manufacturing, 9.6 percent in durable goods manufacturing, and
2.0 percent in nondurable goods manufacturing. ...  

In an unusual look at job-search patterns among persons who already are
employed, analysts at the Bureau of Labor Statistics, economists Joseph
Meisenheimer and Randy Ilg, found that workers with higher levels of
education and those without health insurance were among those most likely to
have engaged in active job searches.  BLS began to survey employed workers
about their job search activity in the mid-1990s, just as the U.S. economic
expansion started to pick up steam.  Survey results showed that the job
search rate among all employed wage and salary workers declined over the
period from February 1995 to February 1999.  "During this period of falling
unemployment and rapid employment growth, the percent of employed wage and
salary workers who had actively looked for a new job in the 3 months prior
to the survey also declined, from 5.6 percent in February 1995 to 5.0
percent in February 1997 and 4.5 percent in February 1999," the two
economists wrote in an article published by BLS in the September issue of
the "Monthly Labor Review." ...  Other topics covered in articles in the
Review include teenagers' employment and contributions to family spending,
low-paid women workers, and price index research priorities in the coming
years  (Daily Labor Report, page A-10; reprint of the article, page E-1).

The economy continued to grow moderately during September and early October,
but evidence that the pace of growth is slowing became stronger in several
regions, the Federal Reserve reports.  Such evidence was especially strong
in the Philadelphia, Atlanta, Cleveland, Richmond, and Dallas districts,
where manufacturing activity has slowed and higher fuel costs are pressuring
corporate profits, the Fed said in its latest "beige book," or summary of
economic conditions (Daily Labor Report, page D-1)_The U.S. economy grew
at a moderate pace last month, but many parts of the country reported
evidence of slowing activity in such key sectors as retail sales and
housing.  The Fed said its latest survey of business conditions around the
country, compiled by its 12 regional banks, indicated "additional signs of
slowing growth in some areas."  The Fed said retail spending had softened in
some parts of the country and the outlook was "a little less positive" for
the tourism industry.  There was also a slowdown in home sales and
construction activity generally. ...  (Washington Post, page E21)_The
economy remains strong amid widespread signs of a mild slowdown.  While the
survey offered good news about inflation, two other reports appeared at odds
with the beige book's assessment of the manufacturing and construction
sectors, clouding the economic crystal ball.  The Commerce Department
reported that construction spending rose 2.4 percent in September, its
sharpest gain in the past 10 months, amid strong demand for home remodeling,
office buildings, and government projects.  Construction of single family
homes and apartments fell during the month.  But the overall measure, which
advanced by a strong 1.8 percent in August, seems to have recovered from
some weakness earlier this year. ...  The manufacturing sector continued to
contract, according to the National Association of Purchasing Management.
...  (Wall Street Journal, page A2; Washington Post, page E2)

The U.S. manufacturing sector continued its slowdown in October, according
to new survey results by the National Association of Purchasing Management.
The organization's purchasing managers' index declined 1.6 percentage points
to 48.3 percent in October, marking the third consecutive monthly drop.
When the index falls below 50 percent, it signals that business activity in
manufacturing is contracting rather than expanding.  The latest NAPM survey
also showed that manufacturing employment declined again in October. ...
(Daily Labor Report, page A-2)_The once-dazzling U.S. expansion is
turning into a two-speed economy.  Consumers are continuing much of the
robust buying that helped propel the good times for the past few years, but
the nation's factories are slowing sharply.  For the third month in a row,
the NAPM index showed a decline in the pace of industry in October, as
manufacturers reeled under the triple burden of higher interest ra

BLS Daily Report

2000-11-02 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 1, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:  In September, 202 metropolitan areas reported unemployment
rates below the U.S. average (3.8 percent, not seasonally adjusted), while
119 areas registered higher rates.  Twenty-six metropolitan areas had rates
below 2.0 percent, with 12 of these located in the Midwest, 7 in New
England, and 6 in the South.  Among the five areas with jobless rates over
10.0 percent, three were in the West and two were in the South. ...  

The number of mass layoff actions taken by employers in September grew to
936, a sharp increase from the 717 mass layoff events that occurred during
the same period in 1999, the Bureau of Labor Statistics reports.  The
layoffs involved 106,842 workers in September, up from 75,288 in September
1999. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-3).

Mounting worries about energy prices, volatile stock markets, and an
economic slowdown shook consumers' optimism in October, as the Conference
Board reports its consumer confidence index fell 7.3 percentage points to
its lowest level in a year.  Although the confidence level is down, it could
bounce back in the next couple of months, and it does not predict a sluggish
holiday buying season, the director of the Conference Board's Consumer
Research Center says. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-2)_Consumer
confidence fell sharply in October to its lowest level in a year, a
potentially worrisome sign for the approaching holiday retail season. ...  A
separate report from the Commerce Department showed that sales of new homes
soared in September, by a surprising 9.2 percent to the highest level in 6
months, as cheaper mortgage rates encouraged buyers to lock in deals. ...
(Washington Post, page E3; New York Times, page C8)_Consumers didn't
need Halloween ghosts and goblins to spook them last month:  Rising oil
prices and falling stock prices were enough to shake their confidence.
While the October consumer confidence index number is the lowest in the
year, consumer sentiment still is running high in historical terms, and
other data indicate the economy still is expanding at a robust pace, though
not at its earlier breakneck speed.  Sales of new homes jumped 9.2 percent
during September.  Home sales numbers swing sharply from month to month, but
the residential real estate market remains strong.  At the red-hot September
pace, builders would have a hard time keeping up with demand. ...  (Wall
Street Journal, page A2)_The consumer confidence index plummeted to its
lowest level in a year in October, in what some analysts think might be just
a temporary dip triggered by soaring oil prices and a sinking stock market.
October was a turbulent month, marked by strife in Israel and an attack on
an U.S. warship.  Nervous commodity traders pushed crude oil prices above
$36 a barrel briefly, and equally nervous investors pummeled the Dow Jones
industrial average. ...  (USA Today, page 2B).

Whoever wins the White House Nov. 7 will inherit a U.S. economy that is
still growing in the 10th year of a record expansion and is unlikely to head
into a recession any time soon, analysts say.  But inflation has turned up
and there are hard-to-ignore trouble spots in the domestic and international
arena.  "Whenever the economy starts slowing, and there are potential shocks
on the horizon, you have to worry about risks on the downside," says Robert
Dederick, economic consultant with the Northern Trust Co. in Chicago.
Heightened tensions in the Middle East, dampening effects of higher energy
prices, slower business investment, and volatility in stock markets are
among the concerns drawing the most attention, analysts say. ...  (Daily
Labor Report, page D-1).

The wage premium for a college degree has soared.  In 1978, a college
graduate's first job typically paid 35 percent more than a high school
graduate's.  Twenty years later, in 1999, the premium had grown to 80
percent.  The most common explanation is that demand for educated workers is
outstripping supply.. ...  But the conclusion is probably unwarranted.  That
the relative earnings of college graduates are climbing does not mean that
the demand for these workers must also be climbing, says Richard Rothstein
in The New York Times (page A23).  The ratio of college graduates' wages to
high school graduates' wages can also increase when the pay of high school
graduates declines.  Indeed, the college wage premium can go up even if
salaries of college graduates are falling, provided those of high school
graduates fall even faster.  Mostly that's what has happened.  The growing
premium results more from the declining pay of high school graduates than
from salary trends for college graduates.  Data from "The State of Working
America," a compendium issued once every 2 years by the Economic Policy
Institute, shows that the average entry wage for college graduates in 1999,
adjusted for inflation, was only 8 percent higher than in 1979.  This smal

BLS Daily Report

2000-11-01 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, TUESDAY, OCTOBER 31, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:  In September 2000, there were 936 mass layoff actions by
employers as measured by new filings for unemployment insurance benefits
during the month.  Each action involved at least 50 persons from a single
establishment, and the number of workers involved totaled 106,842.  The
number of layoff events and initial claimants for unemployment insurance
were the highest for the month of September since this series began in April
1995, due, in part, to a calendar effect (September 2000 contained 5 weeks
that ended in the month compared with 4 weeks in each of the prior 4
Septembers.)  From January through September 2000, the total number of
layoff events (10,490) was slightly lower than in January-September 1999,
while the total number of initial claims (1,188,580) was somewhat higher.
...  

Despite dot.com hype, stock options are a small part of compensation, says
The Wall Street Journal's "Work Week" feature (page A1).  A Bureau of Labor
Statistics study found only 2.4 percent of all U.S. private employers
offered their workers stock options last year.  Such grants were most common
among publicly traded companies in certain industries -- technology firms,
durable-goods manufacturers, and wholesale and retail trades -- and
executives were the most likely to take advantage of them.  BLS said 5.3
percent of employees in publicly held companies and 19.6 percent of
executives in such firms received stock options in 1999. ...  

A table in The Wall Street Journal (page B20) says that more companies offer
stock options to employees below the senior executive level, according to a
survey of 900 employers by WorldatWork.  For example, 80 percent of
companies offer stock options to those involved with information technology,
71 percent to those in sales, 76 percent of technical people, 55 percent of
administrative workers, 21 percent of part-timers, and 4 percent of contract
employees.

__A large gain in federal farm subsidies boosted total personal income in
September, the Bureau of Economic Analysis reports.  Total personal income
rose 1.1 percent including the farm subsidy payments.  Without the payments,
the gain was 0.4 percent.  BEA figures showed that manufacturing wages and
salaries declined 0.3 percent in September, the second straight month of
decline.  Factory payroll levels have declined in recent months, as shown by
the employment report from the Bureau of Labor Statistics. ...  (Daily Labor
Report, page D-1).
__Americans' incomes boosted by huge federal farm payments increased in
September by the largest amount in 13 months, while consumer spending rose
at the fastest pace since February.  Spending, propelled by heavy demand for
durable goods such as cars, was up 0.8 percent.  Economists said the new
report showed that, while the overall economy slowed sharply in the summer,
the all important consumer sector still had plenty of strength.  It was led
by big gains in income that are helping consumers continue to buy with
abandon, despite rising debt burdens and a weakening stock market.  Both the
income increase and the spending gain were well above expectations, and some
analysts said they would translate into an upward revision in the gross
domestic product, the economy's total output for the third quarter.
Consumer spending accounts for two-thirds of total economic activity. ...
(Washington Post, page E6).
__Spending by the nation's consumers surged last month, and federal farm
payments increased incomes, suggesting demand for goods will grow in the
months ahead.  Purchases of autos and more expensive gasoline led the 0.8
percent rise in personal spending  in September, the biggest gain in 7
months, after a 0.5 percent increase in August. ...  (New York Times, page
C14).

Uncle Sam drafts a GI bill for tech workers to draw talent, says The Wall
Street Journal in its "Work Week" feature (page A1).  With starting salaries
for government computer jobs at least $12,000 a year below those in the
private sector, federal agencies have struggled to meet their growing
information technology needs.  To address the problem, Congress last week
approved $11.2 million to create a scholarship program for students pursuing
information-security degrees.  In return, they must work at federal agencies
after graduation.

Mandatory overtime appears to have increased relatively little, says The
Wall Street Journal in its "Work Week" feature (page A1). An analysis of
payroll statistics by the Employment Policy Foundation found that only about
20 percent of all full-time hourly workers put in any overtime, and they
tend to be concentrated in certain industries, such as mining, construction,
and transportation and communications services.  Since 1989, overtime worked
by this group increased only about an average of one hour a week, says the
EPF, an employer-funded research group in Washington.  But while the extra
work may not be mo

BLS Daily Report

2000-10-31 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, MONDAY, OCTOBER 30, 2000

This week's forecasts from "Tracking the Economy," Wall Street Journal (page
A6) -- 
Third-quarter nonfarm productivity -- up 3.0 percent (due out Thursday)
  Unit labor costs -- up 1.9 percent
October nonfarm payrolls -- up 198,000 (due out Friday)
  Unemployment rate -- 4.0 percent
  Average weekly earnings -- up 0.3 percent

__U.S. economic growth slowed sharply in the third quarter to a 2.7 percent
annual rate as the federal government and businesses cut back spending, the
Commerce Department said.  Residential construction also fell, but exports
rose smartly and consumer spending bounced back, analysts noted.  Real gross
domestic product -- the output of goods and services produced in this
country -- advanced at the slowest rate since the second quarter of 1999,
when GDP rose 2.5 percent.  Economists had widely expected a third-quarter
slowdown, but the consensus was for GDP to grow at a 3.5 percent rate.
Still, economists said the slowdown was desirable from the Federal Reserve's
perspective and not a harbinger of recession. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page
D-1).
__The nation's once-soaring economy is finally beginning to lose altitude
but doesn't appear to be heading for a nose dive in the coming months.  The
U.S. economy expanded at a 2.7% annual pace in the third quarter, less than
half the previous quarter's 5.6% rate and the slowest growth since the
second-quarter of 1999.  The moderate increase in gross domestic product
--the broadest measure of the economy's health -- reflected slower
government spending, home construction, and business investment. The
numbers, which came in below analysts' expectations of a 3.5% growth rate,
all but guarantee that the Federal Reserve will hold interest rates steady
for the foreseeable future. ...  Consumer spending accelerated, gaining 4.5%
in the third quarter after rising 3.1% in the second quarter.  With the job
market tight and consumer confidence high, many analysts expect spending to
be even stronger in the waning months of the year as Americans do their
holiday shopping.  In a separate report Friday, for example, the University
of Michigan said its survey of consumer sentiment fell slightly in October,
to 105.8 from 106.8 in September, but it remains strong by historical
standards.  With consumers spending freely, meanwhile, the nation's savings
rate fell from 0.3% to a negative 0.2%, the lowest level on record.
Inflation, meanwhile, remains under wraps.  Despite soaring energy costs, a
GDP price index that Fed Chairman Alan Greenspan often cites as the best
measure of consumer inflation rose at an annual rate of just 2.2% in the
quarter, virtually unchanged from a 2.1% rate in the second quarter.
Excluding energy and food prices, which tend to fluctuate wildly, the
measure advanced at a 1.5% pace in the third quarter, compared with a 1.4%
rate in the second quarter. ...  (Wall Street Journal, page A2).
__The pace of economic activity slowed sharply in the third quarter, the
Commerce Department reported, as higher interest rates took their toll on
growth.  But in these boom times, even a relatively modest increase in the
nation's gross domestic product, at an annual rate of 2.7 percent, is still
healthy growth, and the numbers suggest that the dip might only be
temporary.  Government outlays dropped, particularly as census takers left
the payroll, and retailers sold stockpiled merchandise. ...  (New York
Times, Oct. 28, page A1).

DUE OUT TOMORROW: Mass Layoffs in September 2000


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2000-10-30 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, FRIDAY, OCTOBER 27, 2000

__Wages paid by private industry employers rose 4.1 percent over the year
ended in September, but benefits costs jumped 6.0 percent, according to the
Bureau of Labor Statistics.  Driven mainly by higher health insurance costs,
the rise in benefit costs was the highest since a 6.3 percent hike over the
year ended in the spring quarter of 1992.  Total compensation costs -- wages
and benefits combined -- were up 4.6 percent over the year ended in
September, the same as shown for 12-month periods in each quarter of this
year. ...  Most analysts took the latest unemployment cost index report as
confirmation that total compensation costs have not accelerated from earlier
this year, which they say is reassuring to policymakers worried about
inflation. ...  (Pam Ginsbach in Daily Report, page D-1).
__Even with soaring prices for gasoline and home heating oil, U.S. workers'
wages are rising faster than the prices they pay for goods and services.
The employment cost index, a broad measure of changes in workers' wages and
benefits, rose 0.9 percent for the 3-months that ended in September, down
from an increase of 1 percent in the previous quarter and 1.4 percent in the
first 3 months of the year.  For the year ended in September, the ECI rose
4.3 percent, down slightly from the increase for the 12 months ended in
June.  Over the past year, the wage and salary component of the ECI rose 4
percent while the CPI was up 3.7 percent.  The good news for workers was
also welcomed by economists.  The ECI increase last quarter was less than
expected, signaling that employers' labor costs are not adding to
inflationary pressures despite continued very tight labor markets. ...
(John M. Berry in Washington Post, page E1).
__Labor expenses for businesses showed the smallest gain in a year in the
third quarter, suggesting that the 30-year low unemployment rate was not
stoking inflation. ...  The third-quarter increase was the smallest since a
0.8 percent rise in the third quarter of 1999.  While companies still paid
4.3 percent more than they did a year ago for workers' wages and benefits,
the report suggests companies are under diminishing pressure to raise
consumer prices.  Alan Greenspan, chairman of the Federal Reserve, and other
central bankers have cited as one benefit of the record 9-year expansion the
ability of companies to produce more with less labor thanks to technological
gains.  "With labor cost rises tame and productivity growth ample, profit
margins seem less threatened from this source than from nonlabor costs" like
energy, said a senior economist at Banc of America Securities in New York.
...  (Bloomberg News in New York Times, page C2).
__Inflation watchers got some good news with the announcement that growth in
labor costs slowed a bit in the third quarter, through longer-term trends
still leave room for concern.  With the unemployment rate at a 30-year low
now, Federal Reserve policy makers have been worried about the possible
inflationary impact of a tight labor market.  But the latest report shows
that employment pressures have yet to translate into significant increases
in labor costs. ...  The question is whether productivity will be able to
rise as fast in the event of a slowdown.  A report by the National
Association of Business Economists says that profit margins dropped in the
third quarter and that capital spending -- one of the key engines of
economic growth -- slowed.  In the NABE's quarterly industry survey, the
proportion of firms reporting falling capital spending was at its highest
point since 1992. ...  (Nicholas Kulish in Wall Street Journal, page A2).

A survey of business economists finds higher energy prices and increased
costs for raw material reduced profit margins to their lowest point since
mid-1991, resulting in cuts in capital spending.  The survey, conducted by
the National Association for Business Economists, found that 34 percent of
respondents experienced a drop in profit margins during the third quarter of
2000.  Seventeen percent of respondents said their profits had increased,
while 49 percent said their profits were unchanged from the previous
quarter. ...  Increases in wages and salaries remained relatively moderate
for the second consecutive quarter.  Wages and salaries rose at 29 percent
of firms, were unchanged at 71 percent, and did not fall at any of the
surveyed companies, placing the number of companies increasing wages
slightly below the average of the past 2 years. ...  (Daily Labor Report,
page A-9).

The number of initial claims filed with state agencies for unemployment
insurance benefits fell by 5,000 to a seasonally adjusted 305,000 during the
week ended Oct. 21, the Labor Department's Employment and Training
Administration reports. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-15).

The Conference Board reports that the volume of health-wanted advertising
published in major U.S. newspapers held steady in September, 

BLS Daily Report

2000-10-27 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, THURSDAY, OCTOBER 26, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:  The Employment Cost Index (not seasonally adjusted) for
September 2000 was 149.5 (June 1989=100), an increase of 4.3 percent from
September 1999.  The Employment Cost Index (ECI) measures changes in
compensation costs, which include wages, salaries, and employer costs for
employee benefits.  On a seasonally adjusted basis, the 3-month increase in
compensation costs for civilian workers (nonfarm private industry plus state
and local government) was 0.9 percent during the June-September 2000 period,
following a gain of 1.0 percent in March-June 2000.  Wages and salaries
increased 0.8 percent during the June-September period, following a 1.0
percent increase in the previous 3-month period.  Benefit costs rose 1.0
percent during the September quarter, following a 1.1 percent increase in
the June quarter. ...

Companies worldwide are increasing their use of stock and other long-term
incentives as a way to attract and retain key employees, according to a
report of employer reward practices in 26 countries.  The annual Worldwide
Total Remuneration Report by the New York City-based human resource
consulting firm Towers Perrin found U.S. companies are leading the way in
providing long-term incentives to employees.  In the United States, more
than 11 million employees are now covered by long-term incentive stock
plans, with stock options by far the most common typed of long-term
incentive, especially for senior management. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page
A-2).

State personal income during the second quarter of 2000 grew in all 50
states and the District of Columbia for the first time in nearly 4 years,
according to data from the Commerce Department's Bureau of Economic
Analysis.  Led by strong earnings growth in the finance, insurance, and real
estate industries, Nevada and Delaware topped the list of states with the
fastest personal income growth during the second quarter, BEA said.
Nevada's personal income grew 2.5 percent during the period, while income in
Delaware was up 2.4 percent. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-1).

__Sales of previously owned homes fell last month to a pace that still shows
the economy has not lost much of its vigor.  Home resales fell 2.7 percent
in September, according to the National Association of Realtors.  The
decline came after a 9.5 percent rise in August resales that was the biggest
monthly increase since June 1999. ...  (New York Times, page C5; Washington
Post, page E2).
__Consumers shrugged off signs of a slowing economy and a volatile stock
market and continued to snap up homes at a rapid pace in September.  While
sales of previously occupied, or existing, homes were down 2.7 percent from
August's unusually strong rate, they were down just 0.2 percent from the
pace of a year ago.  An annual sales pace in excess of 5 million units is
generally considered to be evidence of a very strong market.  Looking
forward the chief economist at First Union Corp. in Charlotte, N.C., and
others said they expect Americans to continue to buy homes at a relatively
strong clip, so long as unemployment and mortgage rates remain low. ...
(Wall Street Journal, page A2).

__The Federal Reserve has spent more than a year trying to steer the U.S.
economy toward a soft landing of slower growth and modest inflation.  If
leaders of some of the nation's largest companies are correct, those efforts
are soon to get much harder.  An overwhelming majority of the chief
executives of such titans as Cisco Systems Inc. and McDonald's Corp. expect
economic growth to slow next year and inflation to rise. Such a scenario
could create a dilemma for the Fed, which may have to choose between cutting
interest rates if growth slows too much, or boosting rates if prices
threaten to spiral out of control.  The executives, members of the Business
Council, a group of active and retired CEOs from hundreds of the U.S.'s
leading companies, also said in a survey that it is increasingly difficult
for them to raise prices in response to higher energy or labor costs.  That
suggests corporate profit margins could come under even greater pressure in
the months to come.  The pessimistic forecasts came as the industry group
begins a 2-day semiannual meeting in Boca Raton, Fla., on topics ranging
from global population trends to the future of technology. ...  (Wall Street
Journal, page A2).


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2000-10-26 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 25, 2000

Thanksgiving is a 2-day holiday for the majority of workers, a Bureau of
National Affairs survey finds.  Seven out of 10 responding employers have
designated both Thanksgiving Day and the following Friday as paid days off
this year, virtually unchanged from the past 2 years.  The prevalence of the
2-day Thanksgiving holiday has hovered near the 70 percent mark since the
Bureau of National Affairs initiated the survey in 1977. ...  The survey of
nearly 300 employers found service employees, maintenance staff, and
security officers among the most likely to miss out on Thanksgiving dinner.
Most of those working will be paid double time, with a much smaller number
receiving compensatory time off. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-1).

__The National Academy of Sciences' National Research Council releases a
congressionally mandated study examining domestic high-technology workforce
needs and potential sources of supply in the next decade.  The report
concludes that, while skilled foreign workers can help relieve the tight
high-tech labor market, cultivating adequately trained domestic workers is a
"critical element." ...  Copies of "Building a Workforce for the Information
Economy" will be available early next year (Daily Labor Report, page A-8).
__Foreign nationals working in the United States keep wages of Americans in
the technology industry from rising as quickly as they otherwise might,
according to a research panel that examined the nation's high-tech
workforce.  A new report issued by the National Research Council, which
advises the federal government on scientific issues, comes days after
President Clinton signed into law a bill that increased the number of H-1B
visas, allowing more than 195,000 skilled technical workers, mostly from
India and China, to enter the United States this year. ...  Opponents argue
that the visas bind foreign employees to companies that pay them low
salaries in exchange for the prospect of permanent U.S. residency.  They
also say the program discourages companies from recruiting and training U.S.
workers from minority groups and the ranks of women and older workers.  The
committee of 15 scholars, labor economists, and representatives from firms
such as Microsoft Corp. and Intel Corp. concluded that foreign workers "can
make positive contributions" to the American technology sector and that they
have helped prevent an economic slowdown. ...  (Washington Post, page E3).

While both productivity and overall growth have accelerated markedly in the
U.S. since the mid-1990s, no such surge is apparent in Europe, says Business
Week (Oct. 30, page 42).  Experts generally attribute much of this to
Corporate America's far greater investment in information technology.  But,
as the Deutsche Bundesbank recently noted, at least part of the gap reflects
differences in methods of measuring prices.  In particular, the U.S. has
adopted new techniques of factoring quality improvements in computers and
other equipment into its inflation calculations, while many European nations
still use traditional techniques.  The Bundesbank notes, for example, that
measured prices for IT equipment during the 1990s fell 80 percent in the
U.S. after adjustment for quality gains, but only 20 percent in Germany.
Thus, official data indicate that real investment in IT equipment in Germany
rose at a mere 6 percent annual rate between 1991 and 1990, far below the 40
percent rate reported for the U.S.  If Germany had used U.S.
price-measurement techniques, on the other hand, the Bundesbank estimates
that its IT investment growth rate would have averaged 27.5 percent.  In
sum, the gap between U.S. and European growth and productivity gains isn't
as wide as it appears.

More low-income adults have health insurance because their employers provide
it, but the percentage of low-income children without insurance has not
diminished since 1996, according to a new Urban Institute study.  In
addition, the problems of specific groups may be masked by positive overall
trends. ...  Only three states of the 13 studied saw significant reductions
in the number of uninsured adults and children, researchers found.  Those
were Alabama, Colorado, and Massachusetts.  The growth in the number of
adults covered by employer-sponsored health insurance was a result of moves
by low-income adults from welfare to work, as well as moves into higher
paying jobs more likely to offer health insurance. ...  (Daily Labor Report,
page A-6).

The best way to alleviate shortages of skilled workers in the construction
industry is to create more education and training opportunities for women
and young people, William Rodgers, chief economist of the Labor Department,
says in a speech to a construction industry conference. ...  (Daily Labor
Report, page A-7).

DUE OUT TOMORROW:  Employment Cost Index -- September 2000


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2000-10-26 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, TUESDAY, OCTOBER 24, 2000

Employers that sponsor health plans are expected to face the third
consecutive year of double-digit health care cost increases in 2001,
according to Hewitt Associates, which is projecting average increases of 10
percent to 13 percent, depending on plan type.  In 2000, rates increased by
9.4 percent, Hewitt says.  Companies are expected to receive the highest
2001 cost increases for health maintenance organizations (13 percent).
Preferred provider organizations and point-of-service plans are expected to
experience rate hikes of 10 percent, and the rate hike for traditional
indemnity plans is projected to be 12 percent.  Projections put the average
health plan cost at $4,707 per employee in 2001, up from $4,222 in 2000. ...
(Daily Labor Report, page A-9).

__For the first time since the Census Bureau began tracking the numbers,
families in which both parents are working have become the majority, even
among the most traditional families:  married couples with children.
According to a new Census Bureau report, based on data from 1998, both
spouses were employed at least part time in 51 percent of the married
couples with children, compared with 33 percent in 1976.  Even married or
single mothers of very young children were likely to work at least part
time:  59 percent of the women with babies younger than a year old were
employed in 1998, compared with 31 percent in 1976.  And the numbers are
even higher for those with older children.  Of the 31.3 million mothers ages
15 to 44 whose children were older than a year, 73 percent worked in 1998
and 52 percent worked full time. ...  (New York Times, page A14).

__Since December, companies with sites offering information on finance,
consulting, and other industries have cut 8,113 jobs; retailers, 5,450; and
health and fitness companies, 2,190 (Washington Post, page E2).

As instances of traditional long-term strikes decline, short, temporary
walkouts and sickouts become more popular, says a paper by University of
Illinois professor Michael LeRoy.  Such strikes limit lost wages and make
hiring replacement workers tough, but LeRoy notes that labor laws that apply
to most workers don't protect strikers from being fired in these cases
("Work Week," Wall Street Journal, page A1).


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2000-10-24 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, MONDAY, OCTOBER 23, 2000:

Regional and State unemployment rates were stable during September, with the
Midwest posting the lowest regional jobless rate in the country at 3.5
percent, the Labor Department's Bureau of Labor Statistics reports.  All
four regions reported little or no change over the month, and 42 States
reported changes of 0.3 percentage points or less.  The national jobless
rate slid 0.2 percentage point in 
September, to 3.9 percent (Daily Labor Report, page D-1).

The Wall Street Journal's "Tracking the Economy" feature (page A15) predicts
that the Employment Cost Index figure for the third quarter, due out
Thursday, will be up 0.9 percent, according to the Thomson Global Forecast.
The previous actual change was 1.0 percent.

The U.S. economy's growth has slowed to a pace the Federal Reserve would
consider non-inflationary, says a Bloomberg News survey of analysts.  A 3.5
percent growth rate was likely in the third quarter.  The economy grew 5.6
percent in the second quarter, 4.8 percent in the first (USA Today, page
B1).

By 2002, the Internet economy in the United States will grow to $1.23
trillion, and in the five most prosperous European countries it will grow to
$597 billion, a report by Anderson Consulting predicts.  Internet-based
companies, including pure dot coms, portals and access applications
companies, will employ more than 10 million workers in the United States and
Europe.  In an effort to fill all the new jobs, a bill going through
Congress would increase the number of H-1B visas available to specialized
workers from overseas, particularly those from Asia.  Germany has also taken
steps to import such workers.  No other industry has created as many jobs in
such a short time as the Internet, the report says.  The report contains
survey results from about 160 leaders of Internet companies and traditional
companies, and from government experts in eight countries who had been asked
their views on the state of the Internet.  In two statements, 44 percent
agreed strongly to the statement "There is currently sufficient capital for
Internet entrepreneurs", 17 percent agreed, 16 percent disagreed, and 3
percent disagreed strongly.  Forty one percent agreed strongly to the
statement "There are not enough suitably qualified people to fill jobs",
while 47 percent agreed, 11 percent disagreed, and 1 percent disagreed
strongly (The Washington Post, October 21, page 16).

Across the country, the number of farmers whose primary job is off the farm
has grown 12 percent from 1974 to almost 950,000 in 1997, according to the
census compiled by the U.S. Department of Agriculture.  Meanwhile, the
number of farmers who listed their primary job as farming declined 33
percent during that time to about 962,000 (The Washington Post, page B1).

Recruiting Web sites have moved well beyond being simply online versions of
help-wanted newspaper sections, says Gaston F. Ceron writing in The Wall
Street Journal (page R34).  The growth of e-cruiting is partly a result of
the tight labor market, but it also stems from the evolution of the industry
itself.  In the early days of the Internet, job notices were posted free of
charge on bulletin boards.  Those soon gave way to job-board sites --
essentially updated versions of a newspaper's help-wanted section.  Now,
many of the sites are much more sophisticated:  Not only do they help
visitors determine appropriate salaries and locations for a particular
industry, but they also provide career-counseling and net-working sessions.


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2000-10-23 Thread Richardson_D

 BLS DAILY REPORT, FRIDAY, OCTOBER 20, 2000:
 
 Today's News Release:  "Regional and State Employment and Unemployment:
 September 2000" indicates that regional and state unemployment rates were
 stable in September.  All four regions registered little or no change over
 the month, and 42 states recorded shifts of 0.3 percentage point or less.
 The national jobless rate edged down to 3.9 percent.  Nonfarm employment
 increased in 30 states in September.
 
 The inflation-adjusted weekly median earnings of full-time U.S. workers
 rose 1.8 percent during the year ended in the third quarter, according to
 figures by the Bureau of Labor Statistics released October 19.  Without
 adjustment for inflation, the median weekly earnings of the nation's 101.5
 million wage and salary employees who work full time rose 5.3 percent to
 $575 in the third quarter 2000 (Daily Labor Report, page D-8).
 
 New claims filed with state agencies for unemployment insurance benefits
 decreased by 7,000 to a total of 307,000, after seasonal adjustment, the
 Employment and Training Administration reports (Daily Labor Report, page
 D-14).
 
 The Commerce Department reports that the U.S. trade deficit in goods and
 services narrowed by 7.1 percent in August, to its lowest level in 6
 months, as exports rose much more than imports.  The deficit fell to $29.4
 billion from a record high of $31.7 billion in July, making the smallest
 trade gap since February, when the deficit stood at $27.5 billion.  The
 improvement in August was better than expected, analysts said (Daily Labor
 Report, page D-1).
 __America's trade deficit shrank to $29.4 billion in August, the lowest
 level in 6 months, as U.S. exports surged to a record high on sales of
 computer products, autos and farm goods.  Imports also climbed to a
 record, but falling oil prices gave relief to America's soaring oil bill.
 It was the lowest monthly imbalance since a deficit of $27.5 billion in
 February.  Even with the August improvement, the deficit for this year is
 running at an annual rate of $353 billion, far above last year's record of
 $265 billion.  Economists have warned that the trend poses a risk to the
 overall economy if foreigners, who so far have been willing to finance the
 deficit, suddenly decide to pull their money out of the U.S. economy,
 triggering a crash on Wall Street (The Washington Post, in an Associated
 Press article, page E2).
 __The nation's trade deficit narrowed in August to a 6-month low, as a
 surge in exports of aircraft engines, computer chips and other capital
 goods reduced the effect of record imports, government figures showed
 today (Bloomberg News in The New York Times, page C6).
 __A solid performance by U.S. exporters led to an unexpected narrowing of
 the August trade deficit.  The surprising contraction of August's trade
 deficit, coupled with the narrowing revision of July's figure, may mean
 that the report on third-quarter gross domestic product growth, due out
 next week, will be stronger than the 3 percent or less analysts had been
 expecting (Elizabeth Price in The Wall Street Journal, page A2)
 
 Federal Reserve Chairman Alan Greenspan said yesterday that world oil
 prices are likely to fall from their recent highs and that the price spike
 has done little damage to the U.S. economy.  In a speech at the Cato
 Institute's annual monetary conference in Washington, Greenspan provided
 an upbeat outlook for economists, investors and others who had been
 worried by recent turmoil in oil markets, violence in the Middle East and
 volatility on Wall Street.  The Fed chairman said there is "no credible
 evidence" that the acceleration of productivity growth, which has been
 spurred by technological advances in recent year, has come to an end.  The
 continuing gain in productivity -- the amount of goods and services
 produced for each hour worked -- has allowed firms to pay higher wages
 without passing those costs on to their customers and "has been essential
 to containing price increases," the Fed Chairman said (John M. Berry in
 The Washington Post, page E1).
 __The low-inflation new economy is up against an old-economy challenge --
 a surge in oil prices -- and so far the new economy is holding its own,
 Alan Greenspan, the Federal Reserve chairman said today.  Greenspan said
 the effects on the economy from higher oil prices have been modest so far.
 And the Fed chairman said there had been almost no effect on inflation
 expectations, reducing the chances the oil prices could set off a
 destabilizing spiral of rising wages and prices (Richard W. Stevenson in
 The New York Times, page C15).
 __Federal Reserve Chairman Alan Greenspan said rising oil prices haven't
 yet triggered wider inflation, but he warned that soaring energy costs and
 politically profligacy could threaten the economy's future well-being.
 Speaking to the Cato Institute, a libertarian think tank, Greenspan said
 nothing to ind

BLS Daily Report

2000-10-20 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:  Median weekly earrings of the nation's 101.5 million
full-time wage and salary workers were $575 in the third quarter of 2000.
This was 5.3 percent higher than a year earlier, compared with a gain of 3.5
percent in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers over the same
period.  Data on usual earnings are collected as part of the Current
Population Survey, a nationwide sample survey of households in which
respondents are asked, among other things, how much each wage and salary
worker usually earns. ...  

The Consumer Expenditure Survey was used in an article in last Sunday's The
New York Times Magazine, "The Way We Spend Now" (page 55).  The author,
David Brooks, a senior editor at The Weekly Standard, writes, "According to
the Bureau of Labor Statistics' Consumer Expenditure Survey, the post-65 set
increased their spending levels faster than any other group between 1987 and
1997.  A lot of this money is spent on entertainment.  The average household
headed by a person 65 to 74 years old now spends more on entertainment than
the average household headed by someone under 25." ...  And, talking about
changing patterns, says, "According to the Consumer Expenditure Survey,
Americans in 1997 spent 13 percent less -- in constant dollars -- on food
away from home than they did in 1987, and 24 percent less on alcoholic
beverages, 18 percent less on reading materials and 15 percent less on
clothing." ...  

__Rising energy costs again caused an outsized increase in consumer prices
last month, but a growing number of analysts are now predicting that
inflation will ease during the coming year -- barring some Middle Eastern
event that dramatically interrupts the flow of oil.  The CPI jumped 0.5
percent in September, the largest monthly gain since April, as costs of
energy, apparel, and tobacco items rose sharply.  Over the past 12 months,
increases in energy costs alone were responsible for nearly a full
percentage point of the CPI's 3.5 percent rise.  That increase in the CPI
means that beneficiaries of many government programs, including Social
Security, will see their monthly checks go up by that percentage in January.
...  (John M. Berry in Washington Post, page E1).
__Inflation is now on pace for its largest annual jump in a decade, although
the price increases remain largely confined to energy costs.  The report
further complicates the picture of an economy that seems to be slowing even
as inflation, one of the most common effects of rapid growth, is rising more
rapidly than economists have anticipated.  The CPI rose 0.5 percent in
September and is now growing at an annual rate of 3.8 percent. ...  (David
Leonhardt in New York Times, page C4).
__Propelled by higher oil costs, consumer prices picked up their pace in
September.  As a result, Social Security and Medicare benefits will increase
by the largest amount in 9 years.  Consumer prices rose a seasonally
adjusted 0.5 percent in September, after falling 0.1 percent the month
before.  Excluding the volatile food and energy sectors, the core rate
increased 0.3 percent last month, compared with 0.2 percent in August.  Both
numbers were higher than analysts had expected, adding to the turmoil in
equity markets. ...  (Nicholas Kulish and Laurie McGinley in Wall Street
Journal, page A2).

Women hit another glass ceiling; homebody image costs female middle managers
valuable overseas assignment. ...  In an increasingly global business
climate, companies have underestimated female wanderlust, according to a
report released by the research firm Catalyst.  The New York-based
organization, which studies workplace issues affecting women, said
misperceptions about women -- that they prefer to stay in one place, for
example -- have kept female middle managers out of career-enhancing
international assignments.  The report polled human resources executives, as
well as male and female frequent fliers who were based in the United States
but frequently travel overseas.  The survey found that women were indeed
less willing to relocate overseas in the coming year than men, but were more
willing than men to do so further in the future, and far more willing to do
so than their numbers in such jobs indicate. ...  (Washington Post, page
E11).

DUE OUT TOMORROW:  Regional and State Employment and Unemployment:
September 2000


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2000-10-19 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:
   CPI -- The Consumer Price Index for all Urban Consumers (CPI-U) increased
0.5 percent in September, seasonally adjusted, following a 0.1 percent
decline in August.  The upturn reflects a sharp turnaround in the energy
index, which increased 3.8 percent in September after declining 2.9 percent
in August.  In September, the indexes for petroleum-based energy and for
energy services increased 5.9 and 1.7 percent, respectively.  The food index
rose 0.2 percent. ...  Excluding food and energy, the CPI-U rose 0.3 percent
in September, following five consecutive monthly increases of 0.2 percent.
A sharp increase in apparel prices and an upturn in the tobacco index were
principally responsible for the larger advance in September. ...  
   REAL EARNINGS -- Real average weekly earnings fell by 0.1 percent between
August and September, after seasonal adjustment, according to preliminary
data.  This was due to a 0.6 percent increase in the consumer Price Index
for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers.  This movement was mostly
offset by a 0.2 percent increase in average hourly earnings and a 0.3
percent increase in average weekly hours. ...  Real average weekly earning
decreased by 0.2 percent from September 1999 to September 2 ...  

The labor productivity growth rate in manufacturing in the United States
climbed 6.2 percent during 1999, the largest increase in more than 10 years,
BLS reports.  Productivity also improved among eight of the nine other
countries for which comparable data were available, with the United Kingdom
and France posting the next largest gains at 4.3 percent and 4.0 percent,
respectively.  Only Norway failed to post productivity gains, remaining
steady with its 1998 productivity. ...  Unit labor costs -- a key measure of
inflation -- were down 1.1 percent in the United States from 1998, but
varied in the nine other countries. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-1).

Increasing technology production helped fuel a stronger-than-expected rise
in industrial production of 0.2 percent in September, the Federal Reserve
reports. Seasonally adjusted data showed that stepped up production of
consumer goods and automobiles also aided in lifting the central bank's
industrial production index.  Industrial production was 5.7 percent higher
than in September 1999. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-9)_Industrial
production slowed in September from a month earlier, to close out the
weakest quarterly performance for manufacturers since early 1999. ...
(Washington Post, page E2)_Output rose 0.2 percent last month, mainly
reflecting increased production of cars and replacement tires for the
Explorer sport utility vehicles made by the Ford Motor Company. ...  (New
York Times, page C4)_U.S. industrial production rose modestly in
September, offering further evidence that the economy remains strong despite
being slowed by rising energy costs and higher interest rates. ...  (Wall
Street Journal, page A10).

__The tight labor market, employee shortages, and the resulting long hours
are having a strong effect on whether many of the nation's employers are
able to continue to operate safe workplaces, a panel of labor and safety
specialists say at a session of the National Safety Council's annual safety
congress in Orlando, Fla. ...  Another problem arising out of the
high-turnover environment is the workforce losing its history -- "there are
no veterans anymore" -- a director of the United Food and Commercial Workers
said.  She added that supervisory turnover "causes problems all over the
place." ...  Also at the conference, safety specialists looked at the
dangers associated with night work and allowing employees who work alone to
use internal reward systems for safe workplace behavior. ...  (Daily Labor
Report, page C-1)_Employees working alone at night in certain businesses
are especially vulnerable to workplace violence, particularly robberies, an
official with OSHA said.   (Daily Labor Report, page C-1)_Decreasing
traditional management controls and increasing the ability of employees to
reward themselves for being mindful of responsible behavior is a
psychological key to implementing a successful job safety program that
addresses the specific needs of truck drivers and other employees who work
alone, a behavioral sciences researcher said. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page
C-2).

The fiscal year 2001 spending bill for the Departments of Labor, Health and
Human Services, and Education (H.R. 4577) remained stalled Oct. 17, with the
administration laying fault on what it sees as inadequate funding for
education in the measure.  Federal government agencies -- such as the Labor
Department -- which are not covered by a signed appropriations bill,
remained operating through Oct. 20 under a third continuing resolution (H.R.
Res. 11).  The continuing resolution extends funding for such agencies at
fiscal year 2000

BLS Daily report

2000-10-18 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, TUESDAY, OCTOBER 17, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:  In 1999, the productivity growth rate for manufacturing was
the highest in the United States among the 10 countries for which comparable
data were available, according to preliminary Bureau of Labor Statistics
data.  Labor productivity in manufacturing increased by 6.2 percent in the
U.S.; the countries with the next largest increases were the United Kingdom
and France.  Only one country, Norway, showed no increase in productivity.
...  

Although they feel more secure in their jobs, a majority of U.S. workers in
different age groups and income levels are less satisfied with their
employment than they were 5 years ago, according to survey results by the
Conference Board. ...  The director of the Consumer Research Center told the
Bureau of National Affairs that she believes there is a perception among
workers, especially those in the 45-to-54 age group, that "they are not
getting a fair share of the pie in terms of salaries, promotions, and
bonuses."  To some extent, the increase in job dissatisfaction seems to be
related to "the fast-paced work climate" that often includes a "steep
learning curve" for new technology, she said. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page
A-7).

Because the Labor Department's online employment database does not compete
directly with private-sector job market Internet sites, the Computer and
Communications Industry Association deemed America's Job Bank an appropriate
service to be administered by the government.  DOL's employment database
provides substantial services for lower-skilled workers, while most private
sector job databases, such as Monster.com or Headhunter.net, are targeted
toward highly skilled job seekers, CCIA said in its recent report "The Role
of Government in the Digital Age". ...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-9).

Inventories at businesses rose solidly in August, as sales of goods
increased, the government said in a report consistent with a picture of
slowing economic growth.  The Commerce Department said inventories rose 0.7
percent in August, after a 0.4 percent increase in July.  The August gain
was the largest since a 0.9 percent gain in June.  Business inventories
typically rise in response to a slowing economy as companies are left with
higher levels of stocks in warehouses as sales slow. ...  (New York Times,
page C2; Washington Post, page E2)_Business inventories rose sharply in
August, while July's increase was revised upward, suggesting third-quarter
economic growth may have been slightly stronger than expected. ...  (Wall
Street Journal, page A2).

Airlines grapple with a shortage of mechanics, says USA Today (page 1B).  If
attrition doesn't slow, and more new mechanics aren't trained, "the result
will be flight delays and late packages and aircraft sitting on the ground."
...  The Labor Department says between 130,000 and 140,000 mechanics now
work in the aviation industry and that 40,000 new ones will be needed by
2008 to fill jobs created by retirements, attrition, and industry growth.
...

__After slowing for most of the 1990s, increases in college tuition bumped
upward this year, the College Board announced in its annual survey of costs.
Big increases in energy and health costs were most responsible for the shift
in the tuition trend, according to some higher education representatives.
Others blamed financial pressures related to academic quality, student
comfort, and technology.  Tuition at 4-year public colleges rose an average
of 4.4 percent for the 2000 school year, the first time since 1991 that the
increase was higher than it had been the year before.  Last year, public
college tuition increased 3.4 percent, on average.  The latest tuition
increases at private colleges average 5.2 percent, up from 4.6 percent a
year ago.  Tuition increases at private institutions had also moderated in
the 1990s, although the trend was less consistent. ...  (Washington Post,
page A7).
__The nation's colleges and universities raised tuition and fees for
students by roughly 5 percent this year, capping a decade of price increases
that are steadily outpacing family income. University presidents blamed the
tuition increases, which ran higher than the 3.1 percent increase in the CPI
over the last year, on soaring costs of energy and health care, of updating
computer equipment, and outfitting dormitories for high-speed Internet
access. ...  An economist at Brookings says that, in the 1970s, a college
degree meant earning a third more than high school graduates.  Now that
premium is 80 percent. ...  (New York Times, page A23).
__The College Board calculates that about half the undergraduates attending
4-year institutions pay less than $4,000 a year in tuition and fees and that
only 9 percent attend the schools that cost more than $20,000.  Still, in
the past decade, tuition has increased 51 percent at public schools and 35
percent at private schools,

BLS Daily Report

2000-10-17 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, MONDAY, OCTOBER 16, 2000

Sharply rising energy prices and modest gains in automobile prices pushed
producer prices up 0.9 percent on a seasonally adjusted basis in September,
BLS reports. ...  The core producer price index, which excludes energy and
food prices, increased 0.3 percent for September due to a 1.4 percent
increase in automobile prices and a 1.5 percent increase in light truck
prices, which include sport utility vehicles and minivans. ...  The producer
price index, bolstered by a 9.3 percent increase in gasoline prices,
exceeded analysts' estimates that the PPI would increase by about 0.5
percent. ...  Analysts say the larger than expected increase was due to
sharply higher prices for a few types of goods and it is unlikely the report
will prompt the Federal Reserve Board to boost short-term interest rates to
counteract fears of inflation. ...  (Brett Ferguson in Daily Labor Report,
page D-1).

Retail sales rose 0.9 percent in September, reflecting solid gains in big
ticket items and nondurables, the Commerce Department reports.  The
September gain was the strongest since sales rose 1.4 percent in February.
...  The overall increase beat expectations for the month, economists say.
...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-3).

__American manufacturers were able to charge surprisingly high prices for
their goods in September, BLS reported, but most analysts said the increases
were probably not a harbinger of broader inflation.  Investors seemed to
agree, as major stock indexes rose.  The data on pricing and a report
showing strong retail sales point to the resilience of the American economy,
despite 2 years of rising oil prices and a 6-week spell of declining stock
prices, economists said. ...  (David Leonhardt in New York Times, Oct. 14,
page B1).
__A trio of reports generally confirmed a picture of a slowdown in the
record-long expansion of the U.S. economy, with inflation pressures growing,
consumer confidence inching down and consumers demanding price discounts
that have begun to cut deeply into corporate profits.  Producer prices rose
an unexpectedly large 0.9 percent in September, the biggest jump in 7
months.  Autos posted their biggest monthly price increase in 5 years, 1.4
percent, while food costs rose for the first time in 5 months.  Gasoline
prices soared 9.3 percent. ...  Another report from the Commerce Department
showed that retail sales had jumped 0.9 percent in September, largely on the
strength of increased car sales and higher prices for gasoline. Meanwhile,
the University of Michigan reported that its index of consumer sentiment
continued its gradual, yearlong decline.  Analysts said the September report
reflects a growing belief among Americans that while jobs and income are
good right now, the future looks less sure.  Rising prices for goods and
falling values of their stock holdings are cited as reason for the decreased
optimism. ...  (Steven Pearlstein in Washington Post, Oct. 14, page E1).
__High oil prices didn't slow consumer spending last month, but recent
declines in the stock market could shake their confidence down the line.
Prior to last week's market volatility, exacerbated by new unrest in the
Mideast, there was much talk of a soft landing for the U.S. economy.  But
the latest retail sales report shows American consumers were still flying
high in September.  Wholesale prices, meanwhile, are up sharply amid rising
oil prices, though they are under control after that volatile commodity is
factored out. ...  The purchasing decisions of American consumers will
determine how fast the economy grows during the fourth quarter.  The
University of Michigan's midmonth report on consumer sentiment showed a very
moderate decrease to 106.4 from 106.8 in September.  The number is still
high by historical standards. ...  (Nicholas Kulish in Wall Street Journal,
page A2).

The Wall Street Journal's feature "Tracking the Economy" indicates that the
Thomson Global Forecast for the Consumer Price Index for September, due out
Wednesday, is for an increase of 0.4 percent, compared with the actual  0.1
percent decrease the previous month.  The CPI excluding food and energy is
predicted to be identical to what it actually was the previous month:  up
0.2 percent.

Extremely tight labor markets that persist in virtually all parts of the
country most likely will push up wages well into 2001 and possibly longer,
according to the latest figures from the Wage Trend Indicator of the Bureau
of National Affairs.  The final WTI reading for the third quarter of 2000 is
100.67, only somewhat below the 100.80 shown for the second quarter 2000
(second quarter 1979=100). ...  The September employment report showed what
many analysts saw as a surprisingly strong labor market, although job growth
over the last few months is below the 1999 average. ...  (Daily Labor
Report, page D-6).

Although overtime work has been a central component of several labor
disputes in the past year

BLS Daily Report

2000-10-16 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:  The U.S. Import Price Index rose 1.5 percent in September.
The increase was attributable to a rise in petroleum import prices.  The
Export Price Index increased 0.5 percent in September, following a decline
of 0.3 percent in the previous month. ...  

A Bureau of Labor Statistics pilot survey shows that stock options are most
prevalent among highly paid employees of companies with publicly traded
stock.  As a part of research on ways to improve compensation measures, the
stock option survey found that, among establishments of publicly held
companies, 22.1 percent offered stock options to their employees in 1999, a
much higher incidence than the 2.4 percent shown for all private
establishments. ...  Now that they have estimates of the incidence of stock
options, bureau officials plan to conduct a survey on the costs of stock
options to employers, according to Kathleen MacDonald, BLS associate
commissioner for compensation and working conditions. Before they can
prepare the survey and set a timetable for its completion, BLS economists
will consult with accountants and other experts about how best to gather the
cost information, she said, adding that the agency will be able to set a
timetable for the next survey within a couple of months.  When the agency
has the cost information, it can assess the impact on employers, MacDonald
said.  "Remember that the ECI is an employer survey," so it is not intended
to show the direct effect of certain benefits to employees, she said.  If
the agency decides that the impact of stock options on employers' costs is
significant, it could opt to start collecting data on stock options on a
regular basis for the ECI or perhaps make it a separate survey, MacDonald
said.  The impact on a given establishment could be significant, for
example, even if only a relatively small number of highly paid employees
were given stock options, she said. ...  (Pam Ginsbach in Daily Labor
Report, page D-1).

Confusion about how labor strikes are used in computing employment
statistics has grown significant enough to prompt the Bureau of Labor
Statistics to write a report clarifying its procedures, says Karthik Rao, an
economist at BLS' division of monthly industry employment statistics.  She
said the agency has received several public inquiries about how strikes are
classified in the data, and BLS decided "it's time for someone to write an
article to clarify how we handle strike data."  The report, "The Impact of
Strikes on Current Employment Statistics," was published in the agency's
"Monthly Labor Review."  Rao, the author of the report, says three major
factors determine how, where, and to what extent strikes influence payroll
employment data:  the reference pay period used by BLS, the industry code,
and the striking company's presence in or absence from the sample.  Rao says
the most critical factor in whether a strike will be reflected in the
payroll employment data, or current employment statistics (CES) survey, is
its timing.  If a strike begins or ends during the survey reference period,
which is always the pay period that includes the 12th of the month, the
workers on the payroll for that week would not be included in the payroll
employment count. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-4; text, page E-27).

__"Given the robust nature of the economy, there is a general shortage of
people in the resort counties, here as well as nationwide," says Colorado's
state demographer, who attributes the labor problems to the rapid growth in
tourism, the increasing number of second and third homes built in ski resort
areas, and soaring real estate markets.  In many of Colorado's ski towns, a
modest single family house with three or four bedrooms sells for $1 million
or more.  As a result, working people who earn hourly wages selling clothes,
waiting tables, and operating ski lifts can no longer afford to live near
their jobs.  In the last few years, many of them have been forced to find
affordable housing 30 to 60 miles away, creating monstrous rush-hour traffic
jams, polluting the air, and undermining the quality of life of workers,
especially those who long to spend more time with their children.  Now,
workers are beginning to abandon their resort jobs to find work closer to
home. ...  While the nation's unemployment rate fell to 3.9 percent in
August, matching a 30-year record, the rate fell even lower in some of
Colorado's prime ski counties:  to 1.9 percent in Summit, where Copper
Mountain is; 1.5 percent in Pitkin, where Aspen is, and 1.4 percent in
Eagle, where Vail is. ...  More and more employers are sending
representatives to job fairs in other states and in foreign countries,
offering recruits subsidized housing, hourly wages well above the minimum
wage, comprehensive health care packages, and free season passes to the
slopes. ...  (New York Times, page A10).

Two America

BLS Daily Report

2000-10-16 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, FRIDAY, OCTOBER 13, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:  The Producer Price Index for Finished Goods rose 0.9
percent in September, seasonally adjusted.  This index declined 0.2 percent
in August and showed no change in July.  The Index for Finished Goods other
than foods and energy advanced 0.3 percent in September, after edging up 0.1
percent in the prior month.  Prices received by manufacturers of
intermediate goods increased 0.7 percent, following a 0.2 percent decrease a
month earlier.  The crude goods index rose 5.3 percent, after falling 1.5
percent in August. ...

The Bureau of Labor Statistics is expected to receive the funding it needs
from Congress to begin gathering data on how Americans use their free time,
BLS Commissioner Katharine Abraham said.  Abraham, speaking to the National
Economists Club, said funding for the $4.3 million time-use survey project
has been retained in the conference agreement on the agency's 2001 budget
request, but is still being considered by congressional appropriators.  The
conference report on the Labor, Health and Human Services, and Education
appropriations bills has not yet been filed and no date has been set for a
vote, a spokesman for the Senate Appropriations Committee told the Bureau of
National Affairs.  If funding for the project is approved, production of
statistics measuring the time Americans spend in paid work, unpaid work, and
other nonmarket activities could begin by 2003, Abraham said.  Time-use
information is important because it could be used by policymakers to place a
value on investment to human capital, such as parents spending more time
reading to their children.  "The absence of information on time-use is the
single biggest hole in statistical information in the United States,"
Abraham said.  "We need to be sure we are looking broadly enough at the
statistics, and that is why time-use information is important."  Several
other projects proposed by BLS to improve economic data are not expected to
be approved by Congress this year, Abraham said.  Those projects include an
initiative to enhance local area unemployment statistics and a plan to add a
measure of nonresidential construction to the PPI. ...  (Brett Ferguson in
Daily Labor Report, page A-11).

__A sharp rise in world oil prices boosted prices of goods imported by U.S.
businesses in September, while prices of exported goods rose modestly,
according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics.  Imported petroleum prices
jumped 14.1 percent in September, the largest monthly rise since February.
As a result, prices of all imported goods climbed 1.5 percent on a
seasonally adjusted basis last month, also the largest monthly advance since
February.  Over the year ended in September, import prices have risen by 6.4
percent. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-1).
__Prices of imports other than oil showed the largest decline in one and a
half years last month, suggesting the nation's appetite for foreign-made
goods is helping contain inflation.  The import price index less oil fell
0.3 percent in September, as costs fell for food, business equipment, autos,
and consumer goods. ...  A separate report showed that the number of
Americans filing the first time for state unemployment benefits rose 5,000
last week, to 306,000.  The less-volatile 4-week average for new claims fell
to 301,500 -- the lowest since mid-August -- from 306,500 a week earlier,
suggesting that the demand for workers is showing no signs of weakening. ...
(Bloomberg News in New York Times, page C2).
__Rising oil prices have yet to translate into higher inflation overall, but
combined with unrest in the Middle East and colder weather approaching they
are feeding inflationary concerns.  Oil prices soared as escalating Mideast
tensions sparked fears of possible supply disruptions. ...  Economists are
divided about the effects of rising petroleum prices on growth and
inflation.  
The report on import prices showed the cost of petroleum imports rose 14.1
percent during September, after a 0.1 percent increase in August.  But
overall import prices rose just 1.5 percent for the month, and nonpetroleum
imports actually were cheaper by 0.3 percent last month. ...  Separately,
initial claims for unemployment insurance rose a moderate 5,000 to 306,000
last week. ...  (Wall Street Journal, page A2).

New economy productivity gains are taking hold in surprising places, says
Business Week (Oct. 19, page 98).  Output per employee rose at a 2 percent
to 2.4 percent annual rate in every region of the country from 1995 to 1998.
In addition, the difference in job growth and unemployment rates between
regions is lower than ever before.  "This is the most evenly distributed
expansion since World War II," says the director of microeconomic policy
analysis at the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas.  The primary reason for this
remarkably uniform regional performance:  High-tech industries and products
are everywhere. ...  It'

BLS Daily Report

2000-10-12 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 2000

RELEASED TODAY:  In 1999, 1.7 percent of all private industry employees
received stock options, according to a pilot survey of stock option
incidence conducted by BLS.  The proportion of non-executive employees
offered stock options ranged from 0.7 percent for those earning less than
$35,000 to 12.9 percent of those earning $75,000 and above.  The percentage
of employees who received stock options also ranged by industry, from 0.2
percent in nondurable manufacturing industries to 5.3 percent in durable
manufacturing industries, and by geographic region, from 1.1 percent in the
Northeast to 2.1 percent in the West.  After-hire grants -- grants offered
to employees after the initial hiring (or signing) phase of employment --
made up the majority of stock option grants. ...

It's not new-economy magic that is driving America's productivity surge --
it's just computers, writes Louis Uchitell in the New York Times (Oct. 8,
page 6 of "Money and Business" section).   "Nothing has been harder for
economists to explain than the prosperity that burst upon the United States
with magical suddenness in late 1995.  In the absence of explanation, there
was phrase-making.  A 'new economy' had arrived, and the words became a
banner for all sorts of optimism.  Only now is a realistic definition of the
new economy coming into focus," writes Uchitelle.  The computer, of course,
is at its heart -- but not as a miracle machine spinning a golden future
comparable to the industrial leap forward that came in the late 19th and
20th centuries. ...  Computers have indeed lifted the economy, but mainly
through the manufacture of the computers themselves and the production of
semiconductors, communications equipment, software, and other
computer-related devices.  "You have this relatively small sector --
collectively known as information technology -- that is enormously
productive," said Kevin J. Stiroh, an economist at the Federal Reserve Bank
of New York and co-author with Dale W. Jorgenson of Harvard of one of
several recent studies on the subject.  All of them find that the new
economy is still narrowly focused on the computer industry and its siblings.
The ripple effect across the broad economy, in sum, is still rather small,
although it might be much greater a decade or two from now. ...  Or the new
economy may be much more modest.  The phrase may come to mean simply a
speeding up of what we were already doing. ...  The latest contribution to
our collective knowledge has come from the Bureau of Labor Statistics.  In a
report last month [on multifactor productivity], the bureau listed the
reasons for the surge in productivity since 1995, to an average annual rate
of 2.5 percent or so, after more than 20 years of never rising above 1.6
percent. ...  The report made clear that the recent surge in productivity
came not from broad ripple effects, but narrowly from computers.  Only about
25 percent of the robust productivity growth since 1995 came from the use of
computers, software, and other information processing equipment.  This is
the ripple effect -- computers applied to biotechnology and e-commerce, for
example.  The biggest shot-in-the-arm came from within the computer industry
itself, mainly from the manufacture of ever faster, more powerful computers
and semiconductors.  This was the source of more than 40 percent of the
nation's accelerated productivity growth. ...  "Wherever productivity is
surging today, it is narrowly related to computers,"  says Robert J. Gordon,
a Northwestern University economist. ...  

Americans are now expected to spend decades of their lives -- not years --
in retirement, and that may not be a good thing, according to a researcher
at the International Longevity Center-USA, a nonprofit group in New York.
"Twenty or 25 years of retirement may sound pretty good to people who have
worked hard all their lives, but whether it's good for their health or the
health of the nation is another matter," says Dr. Robert N. Butler,
president of the group and a co-author of a book "Longevity and Quality of
Life:  Opportunities and Challenges".  "Inactivity is one of the greatest
threats to the physical and mental health of older people," Dr. Butler says.
It turns out that Americans agree.  Findings from a recent national survey
suggest that workers want to continue to work after full-time employment --
but on their own terms.  In the survey, by the John J. Heidrich Center for
Workforce Development at Rutgers and the Center for Survey Research and
Analysis at the University of Connecticut, 1,005 workers, chosen at random,
were interviewed between Aug. 4 and 31.  Three-fourths said they would like
to retire early from their permanent, full-time jobs.  But only 10 percent
of those surveyed said they would stop working after leaving those
positions.  Nearly 70 percent said they would continue 

BLS Daily Report

2000-10-11 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, TUESDAY, OCTOBER 10, 2000 

__Excluding temporary factors, payroll employment growth in the U.S. economy
wavered only slightly in September from its more moderate pattern of recent
months.  Payrolls outside of agriculture expanded by 252,000 in September,
but some of the gain was due to the return of striking Verizon
Communications workers, says the Bureau of Labor Statistics.  The payroll
gain was larger than expected, and a decline in the civilian unemployment
rate -- to 3.9 percent in September -- caught many forecasters by surprise.
On the inflation front, analysts were reassured by continued moderation in
average hourly earnings. ...  (Daily Labor Report; Commissioner Abraham's
statement, page E-44.
__For only the second time in 30 years, the nation's unemployment rate
dipped below 4 percent in September, as hiring by construction and business
service firms more than offset declines in manufacturing payrolls.  The
economy added 252,000 jobs during September, driving the official
unemployment rate down to 3.9 percent.  The jobless rate in August was 4.1
percent. Some of the data in the report reflected one-time events, such as
the returned 75,000 striking telephone workers on the East Coast and
continued layoffs of temporary census workers by the government. Despite the
brisk pace of hiring and the shrinking pool of unemployed workers to choose
from, hourly wage increases remain modest, amounting to 3 cents an hour in
September.  Over the past year, average hourly earnings have climbed 3.6
percent, though, for companies, most of that has been offset by higher
productivity, so the increase shouldn't eat into corporate profits. ...
(Steven Pearlstein in Washington Post, Oct. 7, page E1).
__The unemployment rate in September fell to 3.9 percent, matching a 30-year
low, and 252,000 nonfarm payroll jobs were created.  The report sent stock
prices down on fears that the Federal Reserve might raise interest rates in
the future and on expectations on Wall Street of weaker profit growth in the
just-ended third quarter.  In the service sector, temporary help agencies
led in job creation, adding 69,000 jobs in September.  Payrolls also grew
strongly in construction, health care, mortgage banking, and job training.
But the growth in some cases had more to do with abnormal seasonal
variations that are likely to disappear next month, said Thomas L. Nardone,
chief of the division at the Bureau of Labor Statistics that compiles the
monthly employment reports. ...  (Louis Uchitelle in New York Times, Oct. 7,
page B1).  
__The unexpected decline in September's unemployment rate doesn't mean the
economy has blown off its course toward a soft landing.  The 0.2 percentage
point decline brought the jobless rate back down to 3.9 percent last month,
matching a 30-year-low first reached in April.  The jobless rate for African
Americans fell one percentage point to a record low of 7 percent.  Still,
the overall drop in the jobless rate set off alarms at the Federal Reserve,
which remains worried that desperate employers will boost wages and benefits
to attract or retain workers triggering inflation.  The Fed has raised
interest rates six times since June 1999 to slow the economy, though it has
kept rates steady at the past three meetings. ...  (Yochi J. Dreazen, Wall
Street Journal, Oct. 9, page A2).

The Wall Street Journal's feature "Tracking the Economy (Oct. 9, page A6)
predicts that the Producer Price Index for September, due out Friday, will
show an increase of 0.5 percent.  The August change in the Producer Price
Index was -0.2 percent.  The core PPI is predicted to have risen 0.2 percent
in September, after an increase of 0.1 percent in August. ...  The import
price index, due out on Thursday is forecast to have increased 0.8 percent
in September, following a rise of 9.2 percent in August.

Stamford, Conn., and Columbia, Mo., both at 1.2 percent, had the lowest
unemployment rates among major U.S. cities, according to The Wall Street
Journal's "Work Week" feature (page A1).

More seniors are rejecting retirement and holding jobs, says Sarah Schafer
in The Washington Post (page E1).  Today there are about 49 million workers
in America aged 45 and older -- making up about 35 percent of the labor
force, according to a White House statement released last month.  By 2008,
that number will climb to 62 million people -- or 40 percent of the labor
force.  In addition, about 80 percent of boomers say they intend to work
past the age of 65.  Adding to this trend is the dearth of younger workers.

DUE OUT TOMORROW:  Pilot Survey on the Incidence of Stock Options in Private
Industry in 1999  


 application/ms-tnef


BLS Daily Report

2000-10-10 Thread Richardson_D

BLS DAILY REPORT, FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 2000

RELEASED TODAY: Total nonfarm employment rose by 252,000 in September, and
the unemployment rate declined to 3.9 percent.  After adjusting for the net
return of striking workers (75,000) and a further decline in the number of
temporary census jobs (27,000), nonfarm employment was up by 204,000.  Job
gains were very strong in the services industry, but the overall employment
change was tempered by widespread job losses in manufacturing. ...

While the total number of mass layoff events was lower over the first eight
months of this year compared with the same period a year ago, the number of
employees affected was about the same in the two periods, according to BLS.
The latest data showed that from January through August 2000, there were a
total of 9,554 mass layoffs -- those involving 50 or more workers in a given
month regardless of the duration of the layoffs.  That total was 6.8 percent
lower than the number of mass layoffs for the first eight months of 1999.
...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-1).

New claims filed with state agencies for unemployment insurance benefits
increased by 10,000 to a total of 299,000 on a seasonally adjusted basis for
the week ended Sept. 30, according to the Labor Department's Employment and
Training Administration.  The four-week moving average of initial UI claims
-- a figure that is more closely watched by analysts than the more volatile
weekly total -- stood at 306,000 for the period ended Sept. 30, down 3,000
from the prior period.  Most analysts said the latest figures are in line
with their expectations for more moderate employment growth in the next few
months. ...  (Daily Labor Report, page D-5).

Federal Reserve officials are a lot more comfortable with the great
productivity boom of 2000 than they were with a comparable surge in 1999.
The difference: The stock market soared in response to last year's increase
in output per worker hour, but this year it has stayed flat. (Wall Street
Journal, page A4).

Shoppers hit the stores in September with the same tempered enthusiasm of
the past several months, their appetite eroded by higher fuel prices, a
slowdown in income growth, and another season of ho-hum fashions.  With the
robust spending spree of a year earlier becoming a distant memory, there are
distinct indications that a less-than-merry Christmas-shopping season is
ahead for all but the strongest retailers. ...  Overall, sales at stores
open at least a year rose 3.4 percent in September, according to Salomon
Smith Barney's sales-weighted index of 50 retailers.  That is a marked
decline from last year's figure of 6.3 percent in September. ...  (Wall
Street Journal, page B4)_Sales at retail stores open at least a year
rose in September, but many stores were offering deeply discounted prices,
which will probably cut into profits for the quarter and for the year. ...
(New York Times, page C1)

More than 80 percent of eligible employees hold balances in the Section
401(k) plans offered by their employers, according to a recent survey by the
Profit Sharing/401(k) Council of America.  The findings show that pre-tax
participant deferrals average 5.4 percent of pay for non-highly compensated
workers, up from 5.1 percent of pay in 1998 and 4.2 percent of pay in 1991.
...  (Daily Labor Report, page A-8).


 application/ms-tnef


<    1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   10   >